Document:

EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 
 EXECUTION COPY 
 MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION 

Company 

Guarantors party hereto 
 and 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

Trustee 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE 
 Dated as of March 9, 2012 
 Senior Notes Due 2021 

 MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION 

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act 
 of 1939 and Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2012 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	 	 Indenture Section

	 § 310 (a)(1)
	 	608
	 (a)(2)
	 	608
	 (a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	 (b)
	 	608, 609
	 § 311 (a)
	 	605
	 (b)
	 	605
	 (c)
	 	N.A.
	 § 312 (a)
	 	701
	 (b)
	 	702
	 (c)
	 	702
	 § 313 (a)
	 	703
	 (a)(4)
	 	1008
	 (b)(1)
	 	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	 	703
	 (c)(1)
	 	102
	 (c)(2)
	 	102
	 (d)
	 	703
	 (e)
	 	102
	 § 314 (a)
	 	1009
	 (b)
	 	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	 	102
	 (c)(2)
	 	102
	 (c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 (d)
	 	N.A.
	 (e)
	 	102
	 (f)
	 	1017
	 § 315 (a)
	 	601
	 (b)
	 	602
	 (c)
	 	601
	 (d)
	 	601
	 (e)
	 	514
	 § 316 (a) (last sentence)
	 	101(“Outstanding”)
	 (a)(1)(A)
	 	502, 512
	 (a)(1)(B)
	 	513
	 (a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	 (b)
	 	508
	 (c)
	 	104(d)
	 § 317 (a)(1)
	 	503
	 (a)(2)
	 	504
	 (b)
	 	1003
	 § 318 (a)
	 	111

 N.A. means Not Applicable. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION	  	2
			
	SECTION 101.	  	Rules of Construction and Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	2
	SECTION 102.	  	Definitions	  	3
	SECTION 103.	  	Compliance Certificates and Opinions	  	39
	SECTION 104.	  	Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee	  	39
	SECTION 105.	  	Acts of Holders	  	39
	SECTION 106.	  	Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company, any Guarantor and Agent	  	40
	SECTION 107.	  	Notice to Holders; Waiver	  	41
	SECTION 108.	  	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	  	41
	SECTION 109.	  	Successors and Assigns	  	42
	SECTION 110.	  	Separability Clause	  	42
	SECTION 111.	  	Benefits of Indenture	  	42
	SECTION 112.	  	Governing Law	  	42
	SECTION 113.	  	Legal Holidays	  	42
	SECTION 114.	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	42
	SECTION 115.	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	42
	SECTION 116.	  	Counterparts	  	43
	SECTION 117.	  	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	43
	SECTION 118.	  	Force Majeure	  	43
	SECTION 119.	  	Amended and Restated Indenture	  	43
		
	ARTICLE TWO THE NOTES	  	43
			
	SECTION 201.	  	Principal Amount and Maturity	  	43
	SECTION 202.	  	Interest Rates	  	43
	SECTION 203.	  	Form and Dating	  	44
	SECTION 204.	  	Execution, Authentication and Delivery	  	44
		
	ARTICLE THREE NOTES FORMS	  	45
			
	SECTION 301.	  	Title and Terms	  	45
	SECTION 302.	  	Denominations	  	46
	SECTION 303.	  	Temporary Notes	  	46
	SECTION 304.	  	Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange	  	46
	SECTION 305.	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes	  	47
	SECTION 306.	  	Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved	  	48
	SECTION 307.	  	Persons Deemed Owners	  	49
	SECTION 308.	  	Cancellation	  	49
	SECTION 309.	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	49
	SECTION 310.	  	CUSIP Numbers	  	49

  
 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	SECTION 311.	  	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	50
		
	ARTICLE FOUR SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	50
			
	SECTION 401.	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	50
	SECTION 402.	  	Application of Trust Money	  	51
		
	ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES	  	52
			
	SECTION 501.	  	Events of Default	  	52
	SECTION 502.	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	  	54
	SECTION 503.	  	Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee	  	54
	SECTION 504.	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	55
	SECTION 505.	  	Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes	  	56
	SECTION 506.	  	Application of Money Collected	  	56
	SECTION 507.	  	Limitation on Suits	  	56
	SECTION 508.	  	Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest	  	57
	SECTION 509.	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	57
	SECTION 510.	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	57
	SECTION 511.	  	Delay or Omission Not Waiver	  	57
	SECTION 512.	  	Control by Holders	  	57
	SECTION 513.	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	58
	SECTION 514.	  	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	58
		
	ARTICLE SIX THE TRUSTEE	  	58
			
	SECTION 601.	  	Duties of the Trustee	  	58
	SECTION 602.	  	Notice of Defaults	  	60
	SECTION 603.	  	Certain Rights of Trustee	  	60
	SECTION 604.	  	Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes	  	61
	SECTION 605.	  	May Hold Notes	  	62
	SECTION 606.	  	Money Held in Trust	  	62
	SECTION 607.	  	Compensation and Reimbursement	  	62
	SECTION 608.	  	Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility	  	63
	SECTION 609.	  	Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor	  	63
	SECTION 610.	  	Acceptance of Appointment by Successor	  	64
	SECTION 611.	  	Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business	  	64
	SECTION 612.	  	Appointment of Authenticating Agent	  	65
		
	ARTICLE SEVEN HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY	  	66
			
	SECTION 701.	  	Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses	  	66
	SECTION 702.	  	Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders	  	66

  
 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 SECTION 703.
	  	Reports by Trustee	  	 	67	  
		
	ARTICLE EIGHT MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS	  	 	67	  
			
	 SECTION 801.
	  	Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 802.
	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms	  	 	68	  
		
	ARTICLE NINE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES	  	 	69	  
			
	 SECTION 901.
	  	Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 902.
	  	Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 903.
	  	Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 904.
	  	Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 905.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 906.
	  	Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 907.
	  	Notice of Supplemental Indentures	  	 	72	  
		
	ARTICLE TEN COVENANTS	  	 	72	  
			
	 SECTION 1001.
	  	Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 1002.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 1003.
	  	Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 1004.
	  	Corporate Existence	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 1005.
	  	Payment of Taxes and Other Claims	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 1006.
	  	Maintenance of Properties	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 1007.
	  	Insurance	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 1008.
	  	Statement by Officers as to Default	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 1009.
	  	Reports and Other Information	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 1010.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 1011.
	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 1012.
	  	Liens	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 1013.
	  	Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 1014.
	  	Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 1015.
	  	Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 1016.
	  	Change of Control	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 1017.
	  	Asset Sales	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 1018.
	  	Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 1019.
	  	Termination of Covenants	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 1020.
	  	Restriction on Secured Debt	  	 	102	  

  
 iii

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	ARTICLE ELEVEN REDEMPTION OF NOTES	  	102
			
	SECTION 1101.	  	Right of Redemption	  	102
	SECTION 1102.	  	Applicability of Article	  	103
	SECTION 1103.	  	Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee	  	103
	SECTION 1104.	  	Selection and Notice by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	103
	SECTION 1105.	  	Notice of Redemption	  	104
	SECTION 1106.	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	105
	SECTION 1107.	  	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	  	105
	SECTION 1108.	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	105
		
	ARTICLE TWELVE GUARANTEES	  	106
			
	SECTION 1201.	  	Guarantees	  	106
	SECTION 1202.	  	Severability	  	107
	SECTION 1203.	  	Restricted Subsidiaries	  	108
	SECTION 1204.	  	Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability	  	108
	SECTION 1205.	  	Contribution	  	109
	SECTION 1206.	  	Subrogation	  	109
	SECTION 1207.	  	Reinstatement	  	109
	SECTION 1208.	  	Release of a Guarantor	  	109
	SECTION 1209.	  	Benefits Acknowledged	  	110
		
	ARTICLE THIRTEEN LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	110
			
	SECTION 1301.	  	Company’s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	110
	SECTION 1302.	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	110
	SECTION 1303.	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	111
	SECTION 1304.	  	Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	111
	SECTION 1305.	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	113
	SECTION 1306.	  	Reinstatement	  	113

  
 iv 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 

Page 
 APPENDIX &
EXHIBITS 
 Rule 144A / Regulation S / IAI Appendix 
 EXHIBIT 1 to Rule 144A / Regulation S / IAI Appendix – Form of Initial Note 
 EXHIBIT 2 to
Rule 144A / Regulation S / IAI Appendix – Form of Transferee 
 Letter of Representation 

EXHIBIT A – Form of Supplemental Indenture 

EXHIBIT B – Form of Incumbency Certificate 

  
 v 

 AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE dated as of March 9, 2012 (this “Indenture”),
among MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, a British Columbia corporation (the “Company”), and certain of the Company’s direct and indirect Subsidiaries (as defined below), as guarantors, each named in the signature pages hereto (the
“Guarantors”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 RECITALS 
 The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee are parties to the
indenture dated as of April 15, 2011 (the “Existing Indenture”), relating to the Company’s Senior Notes Due 2021 issued on the Original Issue Date (as defined herein) in the aggregate principal amount of $275,000,000, and wish to
amend and restate the Existing Indenture and hereby amend and restate the Existing Indenture, effective as of the date set forth above, to read in its entirety as set forth herein. 

The Company has duly authorized the issuance of Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Notes”) and has duly authorized the issuance of
Notes of substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter set forth, and to provide therefor the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. 
 Each of the Guarantors has duly authorized its Guarantee of the Notes and to provide therefor each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. 

All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly
issued by the Company, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, in accordance with their and its terms. 

All things necessary have been done to make the Guarantees, upon execution and delivery of this Indenture, the valid obligations of each
of the Guarantors and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of each of the Guarantors, in accordance with their and its terms. 

  
 1 

 NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for
the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders, as follows: 
 ARTICLE ONE 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS 
 OF GENERAL APPLICATION 
 SECTION 101. Rules of Construction and
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. (a) For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and words in the singular
include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 
 (2) all accounting terms not otherwise
defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP (as herein defined); 
 (3) the words
“herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 

(4) all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Appendices shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of,
and Exhibits and Appendices to, this Indenture; 
 (5) “or” is not exclusive; 

(6) “including” means including without limitation; and 

(7) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date. 

(b) This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA (as herein defined) which are incorporated by reference in and made
a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 
 (1) “Commission”
means the SEC; 
 (2) “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees; 

(3) “indenture security holder” means a Holder; 

(4) “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

(5) “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and each Guarantor and any other obligor on the
indenture securities. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 

  
 2 

 SECTION 102. Definitions. 

“ABL Facility” means the credit agreement entered into on May 17, 2011 among the Company, Masonite Corporation, each other
Subsidiary of the Company and each other Subsidiary of Masonite Corporation set forth on the signature pages thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time and, Wells Fargo Capital Finance LLC, as Administrative Agent, including any Notes,
mortgages, hypothecs, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, restated, restructured, increased, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in
whole or in part from time to time, including any replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or agreement that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds entities as additional borrowers or
guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, or otherwise and whether or not any such replacement, refunding, refinancing, amending, renewal, restatement, restructuring, increasing, supplemented or
other modification occurs simultaneously with the termination or repayment of the ABL Facility or such successor agreement. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of
such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person; provided that any Indebtedness of such other
Person that is extinguished, redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transaction pursuant to which such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of the specified Person will not be Acquired
Indebtedness. 
 “Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 105 of this
Indenture. 
 “Additional Notes” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes and
Initial Notes, having the same terms in all respects as the Original Notes and Initial Notes, except with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and accrued interest paid or payable on or prior to the first Interest Payment Date after the
issuance of such Additional Notes. 
 “Adjusted Net Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 1206 of this
Indenture. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the 

  
 3 

 
terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 1013 of this Indenture. 
 “Agent” means any Note Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
 “Amalgamation” means the amalgamation of the Company and Masonite Inc., a British Columbia corporation, as one company under the laws of British Columbia, effective as of July 4, 2011.

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the
principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the Redemption Price of such Note on April 15, 2015, (such Redemption Price being set forth in the table appearing in
Section 1101 plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such note through such date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50
basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such note on such Redemption Date, as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or
obligation of the Trustee. 
 “Asset Sale” means 

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property
or assets (other than by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction that complies with Section 1018) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); and 

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, 
 in each case, other than: 
 (a) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or surplus, damaged, obsolete, unmerchantable, idle or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any sale
or disposition of property or assets in connection with scheduled turnarounds, maintenance and equipment and facility updates or any disposition of inventory or goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 4 

 (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner
permitted pursuant to the provisions described in Article Eight or in Section 1016; 
 (c) the making of any Permitted
Investment or the making of any Restricted Payment that is not prohibited by Section 1010; 
 (d) any disposition of
property or other assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $5 million; 

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary or by the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 
 (g) the lease,
assignment, license, sub-license or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (h) any
issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) foreclosures
or governmental condemnations on assets; 
 (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any
Receivables Facility; 
 (k) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; 

(l) the sale, lease, assignment, license, sub-license or sublease of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (m) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practice; 
 (n) any sale or other disposition deemed to occur with creating, granting or perfecting a Lien
not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (o) any exchange of assets (including a combination of assets and cash and Cash
Equivalents) for Related Business Assets of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company; 

(p) the creation or realization of any Lien permitted under this Indenture; 

  
 5 

 (q) sales or dispositions of Equity Interests in Existing Joint Ventures; 

(r) the sale of Equity Interests in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to qualify directors where required by applicable law with
respect to the ownership of Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries; 
 (s) dispositions of receivables pursuant to Factoring
Arrangements, so long as (x) such receivables are sold at no less than the fair market value thereof (which may include a discount customary for transactions of this type) and at least 90% of the consideration therefore is cash or Cash
Equivalents and (y) any such Factoring Agreement constitutes a “true sale” transaction and not a financing transaction; 
 (t) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business; and 

(u) the sale, transfer or disposition of the Easton, PA; Hearne, TX; Watseka, IL; Los Banos, CA; Sacramento, CA; Farmington Hills, MI;
South Bend, IN; Astatula, FL; Ukiah, CA; Limon/Guapiles, Costa Rica; and Hedingham, United Kingdom properties. 
 “Asset
Sale Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture. 
 “Attributable Debt” in respect
of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the cash interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the
remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided, however, that if such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation,
the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligation.” 
 “Authenticating Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 612 of this Indenture. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law. 

“Board of Directors” means: 
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; 

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and 

  
 6 

 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function. 
 “Board Resolution” means, with respect to the Company, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of
Directors of the Company or any committee thereof. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Legal Holiday.

 “Canadian Subsidiary” means any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is an entity organized or existing
under the laws of Canada. 
 “Capital Stock” means 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, 

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and

 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or
distributions of assets of the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination
thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 “Cash Equivalents” means, as to any Person, 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency, instrumentality or sponsored
corporation thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, and in each case having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition; 
 (2) U.S. Dollar denominated time deposits, certificates of deposit, overnight bank deposits and bankers’ acceptances having maturities within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued
by any lender under the ABL Facility or any commercial bank of recognized standing, having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000; 
 (3) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) above and entered into with any commercial bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause
(2) above; 

  
 7 

 (4) other investment instruments having maturities within 180 days from the date of
acquisition thereof offered or sponsored by financial institutions having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; 
 (5)
readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having maturities within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at the time of acquisition thereof, one of the two
highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency); 

(6) commercial paper rated, at the time of acquisition thereof, at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the
equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 

(7) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses
(1) through (6) above; 
 (8) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company or
recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no
other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations; 
 (9) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company, (x) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of any bank organized under the laws of Canada, Japan or any country that is, or was
as of the Original Issue Date, a member of the European economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty whose short term commercial paper, at the time of acquisition thereof, is rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least
P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), or, if no such commercial paper rating is available, a long-term debt rating, at
the time of acquisition thereof, of at least A or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized
rating agency), in each case maturing not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such Foreign Subsidiary, (y) overnight deposits and demand deposit accounts maintained with any bank that such Foreign Subsidiary regularly transacts
business and (z) securities of the type and maturity described in clause (1/x) above but issued by the principal governmental authority in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized so long as such security has the highest rating available
from either S&P or Moody’s; 

  
 8 

 (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or
higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition; and 
 (11) U.S. Dollars, Canadian dollars, Japanese yen, pounds sterling, Euros or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business.

 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person, or 
 (2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing
pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor
provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), in a single transaction or in a series of related
transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; 
 provided, however, that (1) a transaction
in which any direct or indirect parent of the Company becomes a Subsidiary of another Person (other than a Person that is an individual, such Person that is not an individual, the “Other Person”) shall not constitute a Change of Control if
(a) the shareholders of such parent immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, at
least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of such parent, immediately following the consummation of such transaction or (b) immediately following the consummation of such transaction, no “person” (as such
term is defined above), other than the Other Person (but including the holders of the Equity Interests of the Other Person), “beneficially owns” (as such term is defined above), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Other Person; (2) any holding company whose only significant asset is Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company shall not itself be
considered a “person” or “group” for purposes of this definition; (3) the transfer of assets between or among the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall not itself
constitute a Change of Control; and (4) a “person” or “group” shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities (or “beneficially own” (as such term is defined

  
 9 

 
in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act)) subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option agreement related thereto) until the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, the merger, other consolidation
or amalgamation of the Company with or into any Restricted Subsidiary shall not constitute a Change of Control. 
 “Change
of Control Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture. 
 “Change of Control
Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture. 
 “Change of Control Payment Date”
has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. 
 “Company” has the
meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Indenture; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under this Indenture, “Company” shall, unless otherwise expressly stated, be
deemed to mean the Board of Directors of the Company when the fair market value of such asset or liability is equal to or in excess of $25 million. 
 “Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by two Officers or one Officer who is the Treasurer of the Company, and
delivered to the Trustee. 
 “consolidated” or “Consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person
consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Consolidated
Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and other related noncash charges of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, including 

(1) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, 

  
 10 

 (2) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of
credit or bankers’ acceptances, 
 (3) noncash interest payments (but excluding any noncash interest expense attributable to
the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), 
 (4) the
interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and 
 (5) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging
Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (i) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (ii) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and
(iii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility; plus 
 (b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 
 (c) interest income for such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on
a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication: 
 (1) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses or any non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including, but not limited to, any expenses
relating to severance, relocation and one-time compensation charges and any expenses directly attributable to the implementation of cost-saving initiatives) shall be excluded; 
 (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period, whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive
application in each case in accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations
and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations shall be excluded; 
 (4) any net
after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith
by the Company, shall be excluded; 

  
 11 

 (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are
actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (subject in the case of dividends, distributions or other payments made to a Restricted Subsidiary to
the limitations contained in clause (6) below); 
 (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph of Section 1010, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar
distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein; 
 (7) any
increase in amortization or depreciation or other noncash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Original Issue Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 

(8) any net after-tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments
shall be excluded; 
 (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of
intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (10) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging
Obligations shall be excluded; and 
 (11) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or
losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, including intercompany indebtedness, 
 shall be excluded. 

  
 12 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 1010 only (other than clause
(c)(4) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted
Investments from the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of loans and advances that constitute Restricted Investments, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any
distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (c)(4) of Section 1010. 

“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets, reflected on the consolidated balance
sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, with such pro forma adjustments as are
appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 

“Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, at the end of a fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available,
the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date, to (b) the aggregate amount of EBITDA of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended at the end of such quarter
(incorporating such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio with such calculations made in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of the Company). 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an
amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized
Lease Obligations, Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and debt obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (and excluding (x) any
undrawn letters of credit, (y) all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities and (z) any intercompany Indebtedness) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding items eliminated in consolidation), with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences
and Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis, and only to the extent required to be recorded on a balance sheet, in accordance with GAAP. 

For purposes hereof, the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a
fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be
required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by
the Company. 

  
 13 

 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such
Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (the “primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including
any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property
constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 
 (2) to advance or supply funds 

(A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or 
 (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or 

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the
ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Corporate
Trust Office” means the designated corporate trust office of the Trustee currently located at (i) for registrar and paying agent functions, Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust
Services – Masonite International and (ii) for all other purposes, 7000 Central Parkway, N.E., Suite 550, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: Corporate Trust Services – Masonite International, or such other office, designated by the
Trustee by written notice to the Company, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered. 

“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 1303 of this Indenture. 

“Covenant Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1019 of this Indenture. 

“Credit Facilities” means if designated by the Company to be included in the definition of Credit Facilities (1) one or
more credit facilities (including, without limitation, the ABL Facility), credit agreements, loan agreements or commercial paper facilities providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of
receivables or interests in receivables to such lenders or other persons or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders or other persons against such receivables or sell such receivables or interests in receivables, and including
any Receivables Facility), letters of credit or other borrowings, including any mortgages, hypothecs, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, (2) debt securities, indentures or other forms
of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (3) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers,
guarantors or lenders or group of lenders, and, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, restated, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time by other Indebtedness.

  
 14 

 “Debtor Relief Laws” means any applicable law relating to liquidation, bankruptcy,
insolvency, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, receivership, winding-up, dissolution, reorganization, restructuring, recapitalization, arrangement or rearrangement, or other similar debtor relief law from time to time in effect,
including the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), the Canada Business Corporations Act (Canada), and any Bankruptcy Laws. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 306(b) of this Indenture. 

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by an executive vice president and the principal
financial officer of the Company (or a parent company thereof), less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms
of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock), other than as a
result of a Change of Control or asset sale, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale, in whole or in part, in each case
prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes and the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or
its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or
regulatory obligations. 
 “DTC” means the Depositary Trust Company. 

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period,

 (1) increased by (without duplication): 

  
 15 

 (a) consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for such period to the extent the same was
deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (b) lease expense in respect of synthetic lease obligations, Sale and
Lease-Back Transactions and other indebtedness accounted for as operating leases under GAAP; plus 
 (c) provision for taxes
based on income or profits, plus franchise or similar taxes, of such Person for such period deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (d) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(e) other non-cash items (other than any such non-cash items to the extent it represents amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was
paid in a prior period or an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period), including without limitation non-cash rent expense, non-cash expense from any employee benefit plan or stock option plan, non-cash loss on sale or
disposition of assets, non-cash loss from impairment of assets and non cash expenditures arising out of purchase accounting adjustments with respect to re-valuing assets and liabilities; plus 

(f) expenses, losses or charges arising as part of the Chapter 11 Cases; plus 

(g) any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted
Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (in each case, whether or not successful), including without limitation
(i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the ABL Facility, any dividend, recapitalization or other transactions effecting the return of capital to shareholders and any SEC registration and (ii) any
amendment or modification of the Notes and the ABL Facility; plus 
 (h) the amount of any restructuring charge, integration
costs or other business optimization expenses or reserve deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Original Issue Date; plus 

(i) the amount of cost savings projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken
prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operational improvements and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period
from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings, operational improvements and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (y) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall
not exceed the greater of (i)

  
 16 

 
$10 million and (ii) 10.0% of EBITDA on a consolidated basis for the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of determination (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), for any four consecutive quarter period
(which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus 
 (j) any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or
any stock subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock that is Preferred Stock); plus 
 (k) the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (l) to the extent actually reimbursed (and to the extent such reimbursement proceeds are not
included in calculating Consolidated Net Income), expenses incurred to the extent covered by indemnification provisions in any agreement in connection with an acquisition; plus 
 (m) fees and expenses in connection with plant closures and layoffs not to exceed $25 million in any consecutive four quarter period and $50 million in the aggregate from the Original Issue Date; plus

 (n) any write offs, write downs or other noncash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such
charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; and 
 (2) decreased by (without
duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any gains that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than such cash
charges that have been added back to Consolidated Net Income in computing EBITDA in accordance with this definition). 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale of common shares or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than (i) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect
parent company’s common shares registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and (ii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Company. 

  
 17 

 “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501 of this
Indenture. 
 “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence
on the Original Issue Date, plus interest accruing thereon. 
 “Existing Joint Ventures” means joint ventures in
existence on the Original Issue Date. 
 “Factoring Arrangement” means with respect to receivables owing from
(x) either Home Depot, Inc. or Lowe’s Companies, Inc. or any of their respective subsidiaries or (y) any other Person identified by the Company, a sale of such receivables by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person
who is not an Affiliate of the Company on a non-recourse basis (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such arrangements). 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such
period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any
revolving credit facility that has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being
calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to
such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishing of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period (the “reference period”). 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments,
acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change
in any associated fixed charges and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged
with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would

  
 18 

 
have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the reference period. 
 For purposes
of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include
adjustments appropriate to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event. 
 If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been
the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving
credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a
factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of 

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, 
 (b) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock made during such period, and 

(c) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock made during such period.

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not
organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America that are in effect from time to time (except with respect to accounting for leases, as to which such
principle in effect on the Original Issue Date shall apply). At any time after the date of this Indenture, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall
thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the
Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 19 

 “Government Securities” means securities that are 

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also
include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities
held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from
any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations, and, when used as a verb, shall have a corresponding meaning.

 “Guarantee” means a guarantee of all the obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 

“Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary and Luxembourg Guarantor in existence on the Original Issue Date that provides a
Guarantee on the Original Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, regardless of whether such Guarantee is required by the terms of this Indenture) provided that upon release or
discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or
commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements, in each case designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity
prices. 
 “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

“incur” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture. 

  
 20 

 “incurrence” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture.

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person: 

(a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(1) in respect of borrowed money; 
 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 

(3) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except
any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business; or 
 (4) representing any Hedging Obligations; 
 if and to the extent that any of the
foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise,
on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (c) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause
(a) of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person and whether or not such obligations would appear upon the balance sheet of such Person; provided that the
amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the fair market value of such asset at the date of determination and the amount of Indebtedness so secured; and 
 (d) Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions; 
 provided,
however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include (A) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; (B) Obligations under, or in respect of, Receivables Facilities and Factoring
Agreements; (C) any operating leases as such an instrument would be determined in accordance with GAAP on the date of this Indenture, (D) in connection with the purchase by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of

  
 21 

 
any business, post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the
performance of such business after the closing unless such payments are required under GAAP to appear as a liability on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes), (E) deferred or prepaid revenues, (F) any Capital Stock other than
Disqualified Stock or (G) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty, indemnity or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller. 

“Indenture” has the meaning stated in the preamble of this instrument and more particularly means this instrument as originally
executed, as amended and restated hereby and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this
Indenture and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in
Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Company and its Affiliates. 

“Initial Notes” means the Company’s Senior Notes Due 2021 issued on the Issue Date. 

“Initial Purchasers” means each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

 “Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of
such rating by such rating organization, or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other nationally recognized securities rating agency, but excluding any debt securities or instruments
constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in
investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and 

  
 22 

 (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States of America
customarily utilized for high quality investments 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments
by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for
the account or use of others, but excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other
acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same
manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 1010: 

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair
market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to
continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 
 (x)
the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 
 (y) the portion
(proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Company.

 “Issue Date” means March 9, 2012. 
 “Legal Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302 of this Indenture. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or Canada. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

  
 23 

 “Luxembourg” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. 

“Luxembourg Guarantor” means Masonite Luxembourg S.A., a public limited liability company (société
anonyme) organised under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 16, av. Pasteur, L-2310 Luxembourg and being registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 88.921. 

“Masonite Corporation” means Masonite Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 

“Maturity”, when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal of such Note or an installment of
principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption or otherwise. 
 “Maturity Date” means April 15, 2021. 
 “Moody’s”
means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Net Income” means,
with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition
of any Designated Noncash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Noncash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees,
and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes or repatriation costs paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account
any available tax or other credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Indebtedness required (other than by Section 1017(b)(1) to be
paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such
transaction and retained by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any
indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Non-Payment Default” means an Event of Default other
than a Payment Default. 
 “Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in
Section 304. 
 “Notes” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means
any Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. The Original Notes, Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references
to the Notes shall include the Original Notes, Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

  
 24 

 “Obligations” means any principal (including reimbursement obligations with
respect to letters of credit whether or not drawn), interest (including, to the extent legally permitted, all interest accrued thereon after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding at the rate, including any applicable
post-default rate, specified in the applicable agreement), premium (if any), guarantees of payment, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided
that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnification in favor of the Trustee and any other third parties other than the Holders. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the final Offering Memorandum dated March 6, 2012 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes. 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any
Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom
must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

 “Original Issue Date” means April 15, 2011. 

“Original Notes” means the Company’s Senior Notes Due 2021 issued on the Original Issue Date. 

“Outstanding” or “Outstanding Notes”, when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all
Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 
 (1) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; 
 (2) Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in the
necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such
Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; 

  
 25 

 (3) Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 1302 and 1303, with respect to
which the Company has effected Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article Thirteen; and 
 (4) Notes which
have been paid pursuant to Section 305 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or waiver
hereunder, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by TIA Section 313, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to
be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. 
 “Paying Agent” means any Person (including the
Company acting as Paying Agent) authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (a) any Investment in the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, a repurchase or retirement of the Notes; 
 (b) any Investment in cash and
Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (c)(i) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person
that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment 
 (1) such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary; or 
 (2) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and 
     (ii) any Investment held by such Person; 
 (d) any
Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 1017 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an
Asset Sale; 

  
 26 

 (e) any Investment existing on the Original Issue Date or made pursuant to legally binding
written commitments in existence on the Original Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of such existing Investments, to the extent not involving any additional Investment other than as the result of the accrual or accretion of
interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investments as in effect on the Original Issue Date; 
 (f) loans and advances to, and guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or a Restricted Subsidiary not in excess of $5 million
outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 
 (g) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary

 (1)(x) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Person in which such other Investment is made or which is the obligor with respect to such accounts receivable or (y) in good faith settlement of
delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, trade debtors, licensors, licensees and suppliers arising in the ordinary course; or 
 (2) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 (h) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 1011(b)(10); 

(i) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or a
Restricted Subsidiary for business-related travel expenses (including entertainment expenses), moving expenses, tax advances, payroll advances and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof under compensation plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; 

(j) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies
(exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 1010(a)(c); 
 (k) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 1011 and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 27 

 (1) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in
accordance with Section 1013(b) (except transactions described in Section 1013(b)(2) of such paragraph); 
 (m)
Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; 

(n) Investments relating to a Receivables Facility; provided that in the case of Receivables Facilities established after the Original
Issue Date, such Investments are necessary or advisable (in the good faith determination of the Company) to effect such Receivables Facility; 
 (o) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (o) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect
to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $100 million and (y) 3.5% of Consolidated Total Assets (with the fair
market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (p)
Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or Notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction
thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss; 
 (q)
receivables owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such
concessionary trade terms as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 
 (r) advances,
loans, rebates and extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) to suppliers, customers and vendors, and performance guarantees, in each case in the ordinary course of business; and 

(s) the acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of common equity securities of the Company. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities not to exceed the greater of (a) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to
Section 1011(b)(1); and (b) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of the date such Indebtedness was incurred and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, would not cause the Secured Leverage Ratio of the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to exceed 3.5 to 1.0; 

  
 28 

 (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits, prepayments or cash pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or
statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. or Canadian government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent,
in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’,
warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, in each case, for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or
awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 (4) Liens for taxes, assessments, judgments or other governmental charges or claims not yet overdue for a period of more than
30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance
with GAAP; 
 (5) licenses of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) Liens to secure the performance of tenders, completion guarantees, statutory obligations, surety, environmental or appeal bonds, bids,
leases, government contracts, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (7) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA
or by the PBA; 
 (8) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs
duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) Liens arising from the filing of
precautionary Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA financing statements or recordations relating solely to non-owned assets, including Operating Leases not prohibited by this Agreement; 

(10) Liens on Receivables and related property sold pursuant to Factoring Arrangements; 

  
 29 

 (11) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of
others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person
or to the ownership of its properties, in each case, which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation
of the business of such Person; 
 (12) Liens existing on the Original Issue Date; 

(13) Liens securing Hedging Obligations; 
 (14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the proceeds or products of such property or shares of stock or
improvements thereon); 
 (15) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property,
including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition;
provided, further, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the proceeds or products of such property or shares of stock or improvements thereon); 

(16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary
permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 1011; 
 (17) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and
proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(18) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights)
in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 

(19) Liens arising from financing statement filings under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar state or provincial laws regarding
(i) operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) goods consigned or entrusted to or bailed with a Person in connection with the processing, reprocessing, recycling
or tolling of such goods; 

  
 30 

 (20) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor; 

(21) Liens on inventory or equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the client
at which such inventory or equipment is located; 
 (22) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection
with a Receivables Facility; 
 (23) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive
refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (1), (12), (13) and (15) and the following clause (24); provided that
(x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus proceeds or products of such property or improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time
is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under the foregoing clauses (1), (12), (13), (15) and the following clause
(24) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 (24) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 1011(b)(14); provided that such Liens are
solely on acquired property or assets of the acquired entity (and proceeds or products of such property or assets or improvements of such property or assets), as the case may be; 

(25) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(26) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 501(5) so long as such
Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 (27) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in
connection with the importation or exportation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (28) Liens (i) of a
collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in

  
 31 

 
the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general
parameters customary in the banking industry; 
 (29) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the
establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of
overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (30) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in
repurchase agreements permitted under Section 1011; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 

(31) other Liens securing obligations which obligations at the time outstanding do not exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets;

 (32) restrictions on dispositions of assets to be disposed of pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase
agreements and similar agreements; and 
 (33) customary options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar
rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“PPSA” shall mean the Personal Property Security Act (or any similar or equivalent or successor statutes), including the
regulations thereto, as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the Province of British Columbia or any other applicable province or territory in Canada. 
 “Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this
definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 305 in exchange for a mutilated Note or in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up. 
 “Principal Property” means the land, improvements, buildings, fixtures and equipment
(including any leasehold interest therein) constituting the Company’s principal corporate office, any manufacturing plant, or any manufacturing, distribution or research facility 

  
 32 

 
(in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired) which is owned or leased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, unless the Company’s Board of Directors has determined in good
faith that such office, plant or facility is not of material importance to the total business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 “Proceeds Payments” means one or more cash dividends, cash distributions, payments in respect of the repurchase of common shares or Preferred Stock (whether pursuant to the exercise of
redemption or retraction rights or otherwise), repayments of capital, or other payments that would otherwise constitute a Restricted Payment, by the Company, from the net proceeds received from the offering of the Original Notes issued on the
Original Issue Date; provided that such cash dividends or other payments shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $125 million and shall be made within one year following the Original Issue Date. 

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business;
provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Company in good faith. 

“Receivables Facility” means one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended,
renewed, restated, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time, the Indebtedness of which is non-recourse (except for standard representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its
accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Receivables Fees” means distributions or
payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 “Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of engaging, and that engages only, in
one or more Receivables Facilities. 
 “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole
or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Redemption Price,” when
used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture. 

“Regular Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 202 of this Indenture. 

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided
that any assets received by the Company or a 

  
 33 

 
Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person,
unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Responsible
Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any vice president, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by
any of the above-designated officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject, and in each case who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Payments” has the meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means Magna Foremost Sdn. Bld., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Malaysia, and, at any
time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such
Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” 
 “Retired Capital Stock” has
the meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which
property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Secured
Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 
 “Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of
determination with respect to any Person, the ratio of (1) Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) to (2) EBITDA of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are
available. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs or redeems any Secured Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event
for which the calculation of the Secured Leverage 

  
 34 

 
Ratio is made, then the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four fiscal quarter period. The Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” including any pro forma adjustments to EBITDA as set forth therein
(including for acquisitions). 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person: 

(1) all Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Original Issue Date or thereafter incurred; and 

(2) all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for
reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), the instrument creating or
evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be; provided that
Senior Indebtedness shall not include: 
 (a) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any Subsidiary or to any joint
venture in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has an interest, other than such obligations outstanding on the Original Issue Date; 
 (b) any liability for Federal, state, local, provincial, or other taxes owed or owing by such Person; 
 (c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof as instruments evidencing such liabilities); 

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person that is subordinate or junior in right of payment with respect to any other
Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or 
 (e) that portion of any Indebtedness that at the time of incurrence is
incurred in violation of this Indenture. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article One, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof. 

“Similar Business” means any business or other activities conducted, or proposed to be conducted (as described in the Offering
Memorandum), by the Company and its 

  
 35 

 
Subsidiaries on the Original Issue Date or any business or other activities conducted by any entity that is similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or a
reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof. 
 “Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted
Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 306. 
 “Stated Maturity,” when used with respect
to any Note or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Notes as the fixed date on which the principal of such Notes or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means 
 (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and 

(b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the
Guarantee of such Guarantor. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar
entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and 
 (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 
 (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and 

(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 “Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 801 of this Indenture. 

“Successor Person” has the meaning specified in Section 802 of this Indenture. 

“Transfer Date” means, for any transfer or sale of Notes, the date upon which such transfer or sale is completed. 

  
 36 

 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such
Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to
the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to April 15, 2015; provided, however that if the period
from the Redemption Date to April 15, 2015, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa—777bbbb) as
in effect on the date hereof. 
 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, until a successor replaces it
and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of
determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below) and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any
of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or any other Unrestricted
Subsidiary); provided that 
 (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which shares of the Capital Stock or other
Equity Interests (including partnership interests) entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all shares of Capital Stock or Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing
body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, 
 (b) such designation complies with Section 1010 and 

(c) each of 
 (1) the Subsidiary to be so designated and 
 (2) its Subsidiaries

 has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

  
 37 

 The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 

(1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in
Section 1011(a) or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater
than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 
 Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of any applicable Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an
Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 “U.S. Person”
means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Vice President”, when used
with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the
election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing 
 (1)
the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
multiplied by the amount of such payment, by 
 (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

SECTION 103. Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take or
refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant compliance with which
constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied 

  
 38 

 
with and, other than in connection with the Trustee’s authentication of the Original Notes, an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent,
if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request,
no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 1008(a)) shall include: 
 (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such
individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 SECTION 104. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be
certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or
opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based
are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such
factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
 SECTION
105. Acts of Holders . (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken 

  
 39 

 
by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as
herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action
embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be
sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer
authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual
capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other
manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) The principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Person, and the
date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register. 
 (d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board
Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes
of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding
Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this
Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note
issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Company or any Guarantor in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such
action is made upon such Note. 
 SECTION 106. Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Company, any Guarantor and Agent . Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, 

  
 40 

 (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company or any Guarantor shall be
sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing (which may be via facsimile) to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office; or 

(2) the Company or any Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless
otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier, to the Company or such Guarantor
addressed to it at Masonite International Corporation, 201 North Franklin Street, Suite 300, Tampa, Florida 33602, Attention: Legal Department, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company or such Guarantor,
with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Stacy Kanter. 

SECTION 107. Notice to Holders; Waiver . Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders by the Company or
the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his address as
it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any
defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

 In case by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be
impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a
sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such
notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing
shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary set forth herein, when any Notes are held in global form, notices to be given to the Holders thereof shall be sufficiently given hereunder if given by the Trustee or the Company to the Depositary in accordance with its applicable
procedures. 
 SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein, the
Table of Contents and the reconciliation and tie between the TIA and this Indenture are for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

  
 41 

 SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns . All agreements of the Company in this
Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture 
 will bind its successors.
All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 1208 hereof. 
 SECTION 110. Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture .
Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Notes Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under this Indenture. 
 SECTION 112. Governing Law . This Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable,
be governed by such provisions. 
 SECTION 113. Legal Holidays . In any case where any Interest Payment Date,
Redemption Date or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue for purposes of such
payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be. 
 SECTION 114. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any Successor Company or any
Guarantor (other than in the case of stockholders of any Guarantor, the Company, Successor Company or another Guarantor) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company, Successor Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees
and this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the Federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 

SECTION 115. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another
provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded,

 the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or excluded, as the case may be. 

 

  
 42 

 SECTION 116. Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

SECTION 117. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

SECTION 118. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent
with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 SECTION
119. Amended and Restated Indenture . The Existing Indenture is hereby amended and restated, effective as of the date hereof, to read in its entirety as set forth herein. 

ARTICLE TWO 
 THE NOTES 
 SECTION 201. Principal Amount and Maturity . The
aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 and are in addition to the Original
Notes issued on the Original Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount of $275,000,000. In addition, the Company may issue additional notes under this indenture from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture (the
“Additional Notes”). 
 The Notes will mature on the Maturity Date. 

SECTION 202. Interest Rates . (a) Interest shall be payable semi-annually in
arrears on each Interest Payment Date. The Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of record of the notes on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1 (each, a “Regular Record Date”). Interest on the Original
Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to the Original Notes. Interest on the Initial Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to the Initial

  
 43 

 
Notes, or if no interest has been paid with respect to the Initial Notes, from October 15, 2011. Interest on any Additional Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has
been paid with respect to such Additional Notes, or if no interest has been paid with respect to such Additional Notes, from the most recent date to which interest has been paid with respect to any Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on the Notes for the
intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 
 (b) Any amount
(whether of principal or interest) not paid when due hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear interest, to the extent permitted by law (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, at the rate that
would otherwise be applicable thereto from and including the date of such non-payment to but excluding the date on which such amount is paid in full. 
 (c) In no event shall the interest rate on the Notes exceed the highest lawful rate permitted by applicable law. 
 (d) The Company or a calculation agent to be appointed by the Company will calculate the amount of interest payable from time to time under the Notes. 

SECTION 203. Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A / Regulation S / IAI
Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the
Appendix which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage
(provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
 SECTION 204. Execution, Authentication and Delivery . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by at least one Officer. The signature of any Officer on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile (or other electronic transmission) signatures of such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes. 
 Notes bearing the manual or facsimile (or other electronic transmission) signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such
individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes. 
 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Additional Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a
Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Additional Notes and an Officers’ 

  
 44 

 Certificate certifying that the issuance of such Additional Notes is in compliance with
Article Ten hereof and that all other conditions precedent to the issuance of Notes contained herein have been fully complied with, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order and any related Opinion of Counsel shall authenticate and
deliver such Additional Notes. 
 No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for
any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized officer, and such certificate upon any Note shall be
conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
 In case the Company or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, shall be consolidated, amalgamated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation or amalgamation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company or such Guarantor shall have been merged
or amalgamated, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed a supplemental indenture hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, any of the
Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of
the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Request of the
successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such request for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section in
exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for Notes authenticated
and delivered in such new name. 
 ARTICLE THREE 
 NOTES FORMS 
 SECTION 301. Title and Terms . The aggregate
principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and issued under this Indenture is not limited; provided, however that any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture are issued in accordance with Sections 204 and 1011 hereof, as part
of the same series as the Original Notes and the Initial Notes. 
 The Notes shall be known and designated as the “Senior
Notes Due 2021” of the Company. The Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be April 15, 2021. 
 The principal of (and
premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in the City of New York, in the city of Minneapolis, Minnesota or, at the option of the Company, payments of interest may

  
 45 

 
be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and
interest with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of or held by the Depositary or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders
thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency in New York shall be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose and the Company’s office or agency in Minneapolis shall be the Corporate Trust
Office. 
 Holders shall have the right to require the Company to purchase their Notes, in whole or in part, in the event of a
Change of Control pursuant to Section 1016. The Notes shall be subject to repurchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 1017. 
 The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Eleven. 
 The due and
punctual payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes payable by the Company is irrevocably unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth herein, by each of the Guarantors. 

SECTION 302. Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of
$2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 SECTION 303. Temporary Notes . In the event that
definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of the Indenture, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise
produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Notes
may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Notes. 
 If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will
cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company
designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive
Notes. 
 SECTION 304. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange . The Company shall cause to be kept at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 1002 being herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”) in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Note Register shall be in written form or any other form 

  
 46 

 
capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times, the Note Register shall be open to inspection by the Trustee. The Trustee is hereby initially
appointed as note registrar (the “Note Registrar”) for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. 
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 1002, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount. 
 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as
the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof
or his attorney duly authorized in writing. 
 No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or
redemption of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, fees or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges
pursuant to Sections 204, 303, 906, 1016, 1017, or 1108 not involving any transfer. 
 SECTION 305. Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes . If (1) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or (2) the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered
to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated
Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. 
 Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company and each Guarantor,
whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

  
 47 

 The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all
other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 SECTION
306. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. (a) Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or
more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002; provided, however, that,
subject to Section 301 hereof, each installment of interest may at the Company’s option be paid by (1) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to
Section 307, to the address of such Person as it appears in the Note Register or (2) transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. 
 (b) Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record Date by
virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted
Interest”) may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below: 
 (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special
Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed
payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such
deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a Special Record Date for
the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The
Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of such Special Record Date, and the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be
given in the manner provided for in Section 107, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted
Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

 (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner and upon such notice as
may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

(c) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of
transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 
  

  
 48 

 SECTION 307. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to the due presentment of a Note for
registration of transfer, the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of
(and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 306) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 
 SECTION 308. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption,
registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated
hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Company shall so acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction
of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as
expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures unless by Company Order the Company shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it.

 SECTION 309. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only
upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Notes Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Notes Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of
this Indenture are met. When Notes are presented to the Notes Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Notes Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the
same requirements are met. 
 SECTION 310. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”
numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) 

  
 49 

 
in addition to serial numbers, and, if so, the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in addition to serial numbers in notices of redemption,
repurchase or other notices to Holders as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or repurchase and that reliance may be placed only on the serial or other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or repurchase shall not be
affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers applicable to the Notes. 

SECTION 311. Issuance of Additional Notes. The Company may, subject to Sections 204 and 1011 of this Indenture, issue
Additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Notes. The Original Notes, the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 

ARTICLE FOUR 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 SECTION 401. Satisfaction and
Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall upon the Company’s Request and at the Company’s expense cease to be of further effect as to all Notes (except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section and as to surviving rights of
registration of transfer or exchange of Notes expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:

 (1) either 
 (A) all applicable Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, (except (i) lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 305 and (ii) Notes for
whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003),
have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (B) all applicable Notes not theretofore delivered to
such Trustee for cancellation, 
 (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of
redemption pursuant to Section 1105 or otherwise, 
 (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated
Maturity within one year, or 
 (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, 

  
 50 

 and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with
the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become
due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; 
 (2) no Default (other than
that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as
a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the
Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under
this Indenture; 
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to
apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and 
 (5) the Company has delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent herein to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have
been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the
Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 612 and, if money or Government Securities shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of
this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
 SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money or Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money or Government Securities has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money or 

Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 51 

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 401 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any
Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 401 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or
Government Securities in accordance with Section 401; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE FIVE 
 REMEDIES 

SECTION 501. Events of Default . Each of the following events constitute an Event of Default (each, an “Event of
Default”): 
 (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of
payments of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
 (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment
when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Company or any Guarantor for 60 days
after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture to comply with any of its other agreements contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is
secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both 
 (A) such default either: 
 (i) results from the failure to pay any
principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods); or 
 (ii) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such
Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and 

  
 52 

 (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal
amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50 million or more at any
one time outstanding; 
 (5) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $50 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement
proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

(6)(i) a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal, foreign,
state or provincial law; or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) under any Debtor Relief Law
(and such involuntary case shall continue for 60 days without having been dismissed or discharged); or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, trustee, custodian or other
officer having similar powers over the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or over all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been entered; or
there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) for all
or a substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that
together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); 
 (7) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any
group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall commence a voluntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an
involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or the Company or any such Significant
Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts 

  
 53 

 
become due; or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary) (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to in this subclause (7) or subclause (6) of this Section; or 

(8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Subsidiaries that together
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such
Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture and such Default continues for 10 days. 
 SECTION 502. Acceleration of
Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. (a) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 501(6)) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, then and in every case the Trustee or the Holders of at least
25% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes under this Indenture may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture to be due and payable immediately, by
a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders). 
 (b) Upon the effectiveness of such declaration,
such principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under Section 501(6), all outstanding Notes will become due and
payable without further action or notice. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the interest of the Holders. 

SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The Company covenants that if: 

(1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable
and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or 
 (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of
(or premium on) any Note at the Maturity thereof, 
 the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the
Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, and interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be
legally enforceable, upon any overdue 

  
 54 

 
installment of interest, at the rate borne by the Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 If the Company fails to
pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree
and may enforce the same against the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company, any Guarantor or any other
obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion
proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders under this Indenture and the Guarantees by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem necessary to protect and enforce any such rights, including seeking
recourse against any Guarantor, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy, including seeking recourse against any
Guarantor. 
 SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership,
insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor including any Guarantor, upon the Notes or the property of the Company or of such
other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on
the Company for the payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, 

(1) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in
respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and 
 (2) to collect and receive
any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; 
 and any custodian, receiver, assignee,
trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly
to the Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607. 

  
 55 

 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to
or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any
such proceeding. 
 SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes . All rights of action
and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be
for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 
 SECTION 506. Application
of Money Collected. Subject to Section 1204, any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such
money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee hereunder, including under Section 607; 

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on
the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest,
respectively; and 
 THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Company or as a court of competent jurisdiction
may direct in writing; provided that all sums due and owing to the Holders and the Trustee have been paid in full as required by this Indenture. 
 SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payments of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with
respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an
Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or
indemnity against any loss, liability or expense; 

  
 56 

 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the
receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision
in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment, as provided herein (including, if applicable, Article Eleven) and in such Note of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
(subject to Section 306) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 509. Restoration
of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Guarantees and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been
determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, any Guarantor, any other obligor of the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally
and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 

SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 305, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder,
or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 SECTION
511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any
such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders,
as the case may be. 
 SECTION 512. Control by Holders. The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount
of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that:

  
 57 

 (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with
this Indenture, 
 (2) subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee may take any other
action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and 
 (3) the Trustee need
not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not consenting. 

SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all Holders, waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture, except a continuing Default in the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any such Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 501 (6) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded
automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders if, within 30 days after such Event of Default arose, 
 (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; 
 (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or 

(z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; it being understood that in no event shall any
acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events. 
 SECTION 514. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Each of the Company, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at
any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and each of the Company, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede
the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE SIX 
 THE TRUSTEE 

SECTION 601. Duties of the Trustee. (a) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, 

  
 58 

 (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as
are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein,
upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall
be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but not to verify the contents thereof. 
 (b) If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge or of which written notice of such Default or Event of Default
shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company, any other obligor of the Notes or by any Holder, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs. 

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, its own bad faith or its own willful misconduct, except that 
 (1) this paragraph
(c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraph (a) of this Section; 
 (2) the Trustee
shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or
power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; and 
 (4) no provision of this Indenture shall require
the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (d) The Trustee
shall comply with TIA Section 311(a). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a). 

  
 59 

 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating
to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section. 
 SECTION 602. Notice of Defaults. Within 30 days after the earlier of receipt from the Company of notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder or the date when such
Default or Event of Default becomes known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such Default or Event of Default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default
or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be
protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders. 

SECTION 603. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d): 

(1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to
be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 
 (2) any request or direction
of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; 

(3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or
established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate; 

(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel; 

(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses, losses and liabilities which might be incurred by it
in compliance with such request or direction; 
 (6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation
into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee,
in its discretion, may make such further 

  
 60 

 
inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation; 

(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or
through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; 

(8) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be
authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute wilful misconduct or negligence. 

(9) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; 

(10) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto setting
forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign a certificate, including any person specified as so
authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded; and 
 (11) the Trustee shall not be
deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 SECTION 604. Trustee Not Responsible
for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except for the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their
correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and
perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth
therein. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds thereof. Other than requiring an Officers’ Certificate provided pursuant to Section 1008, the Trustee shall have no
responsibility to monitor or verify compliance by the Company or any Guarantor of its obligations and covenants hereunder. 

  
 61 

 SECTION 605. May Hold Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar
or any other agent of the Company or of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it
would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent; provided, however, that, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to
continue or resign. 
 SECTION 606. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. 

SECTION 607. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree: 

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the
Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); 

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement
or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct; and 
 (3) to
indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, including taxes (other than the taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence or
willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim regardless of whether the claim is asserted by the Company, a
Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 
 The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate the Trustee, to pay or reimburse the Trustee for reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances and to indemnify and hold harmless the
Trustee shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. As security for the performance of such obligations of the Company, the Trustee
shall have a claim prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Notes. 

  
 62 

 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default
specified in Section 501(8), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) of and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law.

 The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 SECTION 608. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder which shall
be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of
Federal, State, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth
in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this
Article. 
 SECTION 609. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. (a) No resignation or removal of
the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610. 

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the
Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument executed by authority of the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and a copy to the successor Trustee. If the instrument of
acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of
the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to
the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(d) The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the
operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA
Section 310(b)(1) are met. 

  
 63 

 (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy
shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor
Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such
appointment, become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided,
any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to the
Holders in the manner provided for in Section 107. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 
 SECTION 610. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. (a) Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers,
trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights,
powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any
and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. 
 (b) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. 

SECTION 611. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation or national association into which
the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or national association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or national
association succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation or national association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible
under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger,
conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case at that time any of the
Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any 

  
 64 

 
predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee. In all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of
authentication of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its
successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation. 
 SECTION 612. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.
At any time when any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent or agents (each, an “Authenticating Agent”) with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to
authenticate Notes and the Trustee shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner provided for in Section 107. Notes so authenticated shall be
entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such
reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be
acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent,
having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50.0 million and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the
requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of
condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section. 

Any corporation or national association into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation or national association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation or national association succeeding to all or substantially all
the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation or national association shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution
or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. 
 An Authenticating Agent may
resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon
receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent which shall be 

  
 65 

 
acceptable to the Company and shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes, in the manner provided for in Section 107. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon
acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed
unless eligible under the provisions of this Section. 
 The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to
time such compensation for its services under this Section as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and such Authenticating Agent. 
 If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the
following form: 
 This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 	 	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION

		 	as Trustee
	By:	 	  

		 	as Authenticating Agent

 ARTICLE SEVEN 
 HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY 
 SECTION
701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee: 
 (1) semiannually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record
Date; and 
 (2) at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within 30 days after
receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content to that in clause (1) hereof as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; 

provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished. 

SECTION 702. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders. Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees
with the Company and the Trustee that none of 

  
 66 

 
the Company or the Trustee or any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance
with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b). 

SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee. Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with May 15, 2012, the Trustee
shall transmit to the Holders of Notes (with a copy to the Company at the address specified in Section 106), in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA
Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b). 
 ARTICLE EIGHT 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE 
 OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS 
 SECTION 801. Company May
Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms. (a) The Company may not, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1) the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is (i) a corporation or (ii) a limited partnership or limited liability company and is (or has previously been) joined by a corporation as a co-issuer of the Notes, in each case
organized or existing under the laws of Canada, any province thereof, the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the
“Successor Company”); 
 (2) in the case of a transaction involving the Company, the Successor Company,
if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable four-quarter period; 
 (A) the Successor Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 1011(a); or 

  
 67 

 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would be greater than such ratio for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case
Section 802(a)(A)(2) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture. 

(b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes. Without complying
with the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), 
 (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge or
amalgamate into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to, the Company; and 
 (b) the Company may
merge with an Affiliate of such entity incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating or continuing such entity in another province of Canada or any state of the United States of America so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (c) Section 801 shall not apply to any sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and the Guarantors; provided, however, that a Guarantor that is a transferee under this provision may not subsequently release its Guarantee unless such
Guarantor has consolidated with or merged into the Company. 
 SECTION 802. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only
on Certain Terms. (a) Subject to Section 1209, each Guarantor shall not, and the Company shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation),
or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (A) (1) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of Canada, any province thereof, the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof or
Luxembourg (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 

  
 68 

 (2) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes
all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, 

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and 

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating
that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 
 (B) the transaction is permitted by the covenant described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.” 

(b) Subject to Section 1208 hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this
Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) any Guarantor may merge or amalgamate into or with or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company and (b) any
Guarantor may convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor. 

(c) For purposes of Article Eight, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (other than to the Company or a Guarantor in compliance with the terms of this Indenture), which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Restricted
Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets
of the Company. 
 ARTICLE NINE 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 
 SECTION 901. Amendments or Supplements
Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend or supplement this
Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3) to comply with Article Eight hereof; 

  
 69 

 (4) to provide the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s
obligations to Holders; 
 (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; 
 (6) to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of a certificated Note (provided that such uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated
Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(b) of the Code; 
 (7) to add covenants for the benefit of the
Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred in this Indenture upon the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (8)
to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of Sections 609 and 610 hereof; 

(10) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture; 

(11) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision under the caption
“Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes was intended to be a substantially verbatim recitation of a provision under the caption “Description of
Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered by the Company to the Trustee; 
 (12) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the
Notes, in any property or assets; 
 (13) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary; and

 (14) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of
Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not
materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 
 SECTION 902. Amendments, Supplements or
Waivers with Consent of Holders. With the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company and any Guarantor (with respect to
any Guarantee or this Indenture to which it is a party), when authorized by Board Resolutions of their respective Board of Directors, and the Trustee may 

  
 70 

 
amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes for the purpose of adding any provisions hereto or thereto, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders hereunder or thereunder (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) and any existing Default, Event of Default or compliance with
any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Company or its Affiliates (including consents
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided, however, that no such amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby: 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver, 

(2) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect
to the redemption of the Notes (other than Sections 1016 and 1017), 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time
for payment of interest on any Note, 
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes issued under this Indenture, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default
that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders, 

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes, 

(6) make any change in Section 513 or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any,
or interest on the Notes, 
 (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions, 

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after
the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, or 
 (9) make any change in the ranking of this Indenture and the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders. 
 Consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof. 
 SECTION 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers. In executing, or accepting the
additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or waiver permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the 

  
 71 

 
Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or
waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and all conditions precedent thereto have been satisfied. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 SECTION 904. Effect of Amendments, Supplements or
Waivers. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such amendment, supplement or waiver shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every
Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. 
 SECTION
905. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the Article shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 

SECTION 906. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Notes so
modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes. 

SECTION 907. Notice of Supplemental Indentures. Promptly after the execution by the Company, any Guarantor and the Trustee of
any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected, in the manner provided for in Section 107, setting forth in general terms the
substance of such supplemental indenture. 
 ARTICLE TEN 

COVENANTS 

SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest. The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the
Holders that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. 
 The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in The City of New York or in the
City of Minneapolis, Minnesota, an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in

  
 72 

 
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The designated office of the Trustee shall be such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some
other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required
office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as
its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The Company may also from time to time
designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York and the City of Minneapolis, Minnesota) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any
such designation. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

SECTION 1003. Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust. If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it
will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest on any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal,
premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of such action or any failure so to act. 
 The Company will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of
this Section, that such Paying Agent will: 
 (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of
(and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 

(2) give the Trustee notice of any Default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any
payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest; and 
 (3) at any time during the continuance of any such
Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. 

  
 73 

 The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which
such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or
premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged
from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability
of the Company as Trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 SECTION 1004. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article
Eight, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence and that of each Restricted Subsidiary and the corporate rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the
Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as a whole. 
 SECTION 1005. Payment of
Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary
or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Company) are being maintained in accordance with GAAP. 
 SECTION 1006. Maintenance of Properties. The Company will cause all properties owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the
business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and
improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section
shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary. 

  
 74 

 SECTION 1007. Insurance. The Company will at all times keep all of its and its
Subsidiaries’ properties which are of an insurable nature insured with insurers, believed by the Company to be responsible, against loss or damage to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly
situated and owning like properties. 
 SECTION 1008. Statement by Officers as to Default. (a) The Company will
deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011), an Officers’ Certificate which shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA stating that a review
of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing officers with a view to determining whether it has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has
caused each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to keep, observe, perform and fulfill its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such officer signing such certificate, that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company
during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has caused each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to keep, observe, perform and fulfill each and every such covenant contained in this Indenture and no Default or Event
of Default occurred during such year, and at the date of such certificate there is no Default or Event of Default which has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe
its status, with particularity and that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains by reason of which payments on the account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has
occurred, a description of the event and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Company elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal
year-end. For purposes of this Section 1008(a), such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture. 
 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with
notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

 (b)(1) When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or (2) if the
trustee for or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed default (other than with respect to Indebtedness in the principal amount
of less than $50,000,000), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officers’ Certificate specifying such event, notice or other action within five Business Days of its occurrence.

 SECTION 1009. Reports and Other Information. (a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall have its annual consolidated financial statements audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent registered accountants and
its interim consolidated financial statements reviewed by a nationally recognized firm of independent registered accountants in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 116 issued by the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants (or any similar replacement standard). 

  
 75 

 (b) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the
Notes (with a copy to the Trustee): 
 (1)(x) all annual and quarterly financial information that would be
required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-K and 10-Q if the Company were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;
(y) with respect to the annual and quarterly information, a presentation of Adjusted Net Income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA of the Company substantially consistent with the presentation thereof in the Offering Memorandum and derived from such
financial information; and (z) with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm; provided, however, that the Company will not be
required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures
contained therein) or provide the information required by Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, but the Company shall include a narrative description of total revenues, EBITDA, assets and Indebtedness attributable to
those Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors in all reports delivered to holders of the Notes pursuant to this clause (1); and 
 (2) within ten Business Days following the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Form 8-K, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K pursuant to Items 1.03,
2.01, 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02, 5.01, 5.02 and 5.03 and successors to the foregoing items if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 All such annual reports shall be furnished within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate, and all such quarterly reports shall be furnished within 60 days after the end of the
fiscal quarter to which they relate. 
 (c) To the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are
outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The requirements
set forth in this paragraph and the preceding paragraph may be satisfied by delivering such information to the Trustee and posting copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party)
to which access will be given by the Company to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes (which prospective purchasers will be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act,
non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) or Accredited Investors (within the meaning of Rule 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company). 

  
 76 

 (d) The Company shall hold a teleconference with the Holders of the Notes once during each
fiscal quarter. The Company will notify the Holders at least five Business Days prior to the date of any teleconference required to be held in accordance with this paragraph, of the time and date of such teleconference and including all information
necessary to access such teleconference or directing Holders to contact the appropriate person at the Company to obtain such information with a copy of such notice to be provided to the Trustee. 

SECTION 1010. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: 
  

	 	(1)	declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or
distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than: 

 (A) dividends or
distributions by the Company payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock); or 

(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect
of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity
Interests in such class or series of securities; 
  

	 	(2)	purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including in
connection with any merger or consolidation; 

  

	 	(3)	make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund
payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than: 

 (A) Indebtedness permitted under
Section 1011(b)(7) and Section 1011(b)(8); or 
 (B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated
Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or 

 

	 	(4)	make any Restricted Investment; 

 (all such
payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 

  
 77 

	 	(a)	no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 

 

	 	(b)	immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 1011(a); and

  

	 	(c)	such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Original
Issue Date pursuant to Section 1010(a) or clauses (1), (7) and (9) of Section 1010(b) (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 1010(b)), is less than the sum, without
duplication, of: 

  

	 	(1)	50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from April 1, 2011 to the end of the Company’s most recently
ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus

  

	 	(2)	100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities received by the Company after
the Original Issue Date from: 

  

	 	(x)(i)	the issue and sale of Equity Interests of the Company, including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as
determined in good faith by the Company of marketable securities received from the sale of Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries after
the Original Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 1010(b); and (ii) capital contributions, or 

 

	 	(y)	the issue and sale of debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company; 

provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Equity Interests of the Company or debt securities of the
Company that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as the case may be, or (b) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged
for Disqualified Stock, plus 

  
 78 

	 	(3)	with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date, an amount equal to (x) the amount
returned in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or with respect to such Restricted Investments, whether resulting from
payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends or distributions, liquidations, repayments of loans or advances in cash or other payments, or from the net cash proceeds from the sale of any such Restricted Investment, (y) upon the designation
of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiary’s equity interest in such Subsidiary as determined by the Company in good faith or if, in the case of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value may exceed $50 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of such designation, or (z) upon the release of any Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under
such Guarantee), the amount of the Guarantee released, in each case, but only if and to the extent such amounts are not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and not to exceed the amount of the Restricted Investment previously made
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 

  

	 	(4)	to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by
the Company, of marketable securities received after the Original Issue Date by means of the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (12) of Section 1010(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a
Permitted Investment), or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

  

	 	(b)	The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit: 

  

	 	(1)	the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with
the provisions of this Indenture; 

  

	 	(2)	the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent
of the Company or the Company or contributions to capital of the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock); 

  
 79 

	 	(3)	the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of 

 

	 	(a)	Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new
Indebtedness of such Person or 

  

	 	(b)	Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of
such Person that, in each case, is incurred in compliance with Section 1011 so long as: 

  

	 	(A)	the principal amount of such new Indebtedness or liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable) of the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of the Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the
terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; 

  

	 	(B)	such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

  

	 	(C)	such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired or (y) 91 days after the final stated maturity of the Notes; and 

 

	 	(D)	such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired or (y) 91 days after the final stated maturity of the Notes; 

 

	 	(4)	 a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, or
their estates or the beneficiaries of 

  
 80 

	 	
such estates, pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under
this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $10 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $15 million in any
calendar year); provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed 

  

	 	(A)	the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of
any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors, managers or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the
Original Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (c) of the preceding paragraph, plus 

 

	 	(B)	the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date, less

  

	 	(C)	the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4): 

 

	 	provided,	that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by subclauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year.

  

	 	and	provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management, directors, managers or consultants of the Company,
any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment
for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 

  

	 	(5)	the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with
Section 1011 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges; 

  

	 	(6)	repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants (a) if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price
of such options or warrants and (b) for purposes of tax withholding by the Company in connection with such exercise; 

  
 81 

	 	(7)	the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common shares following the first public offering of the Company’s common shares or the common
shares of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Original Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with
respect to the Company’s common shares registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8; 

  

	 	(8)	the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, one or more direct or indirect parent companies of the Company in amounts
required for such direct or indirect parent companies to pay: 

  

	 	(A)	franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence; 

 

	 	(B)	U.S. or Canadian federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

 

	 	(C)	customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other
benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(D)	general corporate overhead expenses of such direct or indirect parent company (including indemnification claims made by directors or officers of such direct or indirect
parent company) to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(E)	reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering by such direct or indirect parent company; and

  

	 	(F)	any non-cash “deemed dividend” resulting from such parent company offsetting income against losses of the Company which does not involve any cash distribution
by the Company. 

  

	 	(9)	 the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in connection with events similar to those

  
 82 

	 	
described under Section 1016 and Section 1017; provided that, prior to such repurchase, redemption or other acquisition, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this
Indenture) shall have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the Notes and shall have repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset
Sale Offer; 

  

	 	(10)	distributions or payments of Receivables Fees; 

  

	 	(11)	payments not to exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate to enable the Company to make payments to holders of its Equity Interests in lieu of fractional shares of its
Equity Interests; 

  

	 	(12)	other Restricted Payments in an amount which, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (12) and then outstanding, does
not exceed $25 million; 

  

	 	(13)	the Proceeds Payments (for the avoidance of doubt, the first $125 million in aggregate amount of cash distributions to equity holders or similar payments of the type
described in the definition of “Proceeds Payments” made within one year following the Original Issue Date will be deemed Proceeds Payments incurred pursuant to this clause (13)); and 

 

	 	(14)	at any time after financial statements are available beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2011, when the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio as of the
end of each of the last four prior consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available did not exceed 2.00 to 1.00, the Company may make Restricted Payments in such amounts and at such times as the Company may
determine; provided that, immediately after making any such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio would not exceed 2.00 to 1.00, calculated as of the end of such four consecutive fiscal quarters on a pro forma basis after making any
such Restricted Payment and giving effect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such payment (incorporating such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition
of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio with such calculations made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company), 

 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clause (5) or (12) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 (c) In determining whether any Restricted Payment is permitted by this
Section 1010, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may allocate all or any portion of such Restricted Payment among the categories described in clauses (1) through (14) of Section

  
 83 

 
1010(b) or among such categories and the types of Restricted Payments described in Section 1010(a) (including categorization in whole or in part as a Permitted Investment); provided that, at
the time of such allocation, all such Restricted Payments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under the various provisions of this covenant and provided further that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may reclassify all or a
portion of such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in any manner that complies with this covenant (based on circumstances existing at the time of such reclassification), and following such reclassification such Restricted Payment or
Permitted Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant to only the clause or clauses of this covenant to which such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment has been reclassified. 

(d) As of the time of issuance of the Notes, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall
not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in Section 102 of this Indenture. For purposes of designating any
Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount
determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 1010(a) or
Section 1010(b)(12) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the
restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 1011. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), and the Company shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and
shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Guarantor may
incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been
at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case
may be, and the application of the proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The
foregoing limitations shall not apply to any of the following items (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

  
 84 

 (1) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such incurrence (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this
clause (a) and then outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (i) $250 million, and (ii) the sum of (A) 70.0% of the net book value of accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) 60.0% of the
net book value of inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (with accounts receivable and inventory calculated on the basis that all Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have
been made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to or substantially contemporaneous with the date of any calculation shall be included or excluded, as the case may be, on a pro forma basis with such calculations made in good faith by
a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company); provided, further, that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (a) and then outstanding by any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors
shall not exceed the sum of (A) 70.0% of the net book value of accounts receivable of all Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors and (B) 60.0% of the net book value of inventory of all Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors (with accounts receivable and inventory calculated on the same basis as above); 
 (2) the incurrence
by the Company and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Original Issue Date and the Guarantees thereof (other than the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes); 

(3) Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2)); 

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Company
or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the development, construction, purchase, lease (other than the lease, pursuant to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions) of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets owned by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as of the Original Issue Date or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Original Issue Date in exchange for, or with the proceeds of the sale of, such assets owned by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary as of the Original Issue Date, repairs, additions or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase
of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets and any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, replace or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4); provided that
the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4) (including any such Refinancing Indebtedness) does not exceed $25 million at any one time outstanding; 

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect
to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation
claims; 

  
 85 

 (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness
incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6); 

(7) Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a
Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness; 

(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor
incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any
other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an
incurrence of such Indebtedness; 
 (9) Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any
such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock; 

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of
managing: (A) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding, (B) exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchange or (C) commodity pricing risk with
respect to any commodity; 
 (11) Indebtedness and obligations in respect of (x) self-insurance and
obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary 

  
 86 

 in the ordinary course of business, (y) deferred compensation or other similar
arrangements incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) the financing of insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(12)(x) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of any Restricted
Subsidiary, so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (y) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other Obligations of the Company
permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 1015; 
 (13) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew, defease or retire any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 1011(a) and clauses (2) and (3) above and this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew, defease or retire such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums and fees in
connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed, defeased or retired or (y) one year after the final stated maturity of the Notes; 

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases
(i) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended,
replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and 

(C) shall not include: 
 (x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company; 

(y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or 

  
 87 

 (z) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture; provided that (i) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 1011(a) and (ii) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock has not been incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; 

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar
instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence; 

(16) endorsements or negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (17) Indebtedness issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to current or former employees,
directors, managers and consultants thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the
extent described in Section 1010(b)(4); and 
 (18) Indebtedness deemed incurred with respect to receivables
sold pursuant to Factoring Arrangements as a result of recharacterization by a court of competent jurisdiction; 

(19) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or other similar arrangements to employees and directors of the
Company, any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (20) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which,
when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (20) and then outstanding, does not at any one time outstanding exceed $75
million; and 
 (21) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is
not a Guarantor, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this
clause (21), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $40 million and (y) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets. 

  
 88 

 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1011,

 (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of
more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (21) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant Section 1011(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify, or later divide,
classify or reclassify (based on circumstances existing at the time of such reclassification), such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one or more of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL Facility on the Original Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on
Section 1011(b)(1); and 
 (2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and
classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 1011(a) and (b) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 1011(b) when calculating the amount of
Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to Section 1011(a). 
 The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value
and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 1011.

 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness,
the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first
committed or incurred (as determined by the Company), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency,
and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such
extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal
amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, as calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance.

 (e) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other
Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such
respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance. 

  
 89 

 SECTION 1012. Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary now
owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless: 
 (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or the applicable Guarantee of a Guarantor, as the case may be, are secured by a Lien on such property or assets that is senior in
priority to such Liens; and 
 (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the applicable Guarantee of a Guarantor, as
the case may be, are equally and ratably secured; 
 provided that any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this
Section 1012 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien (other than through the exercise of remedies with respect thereto) that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Notes. 

SECTION 1013. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement,
understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving an aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10 million, unless

 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee (i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10
million, a Board Resolution adopted by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with
clause (1) above and (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or the
relevant Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from an Independent Financial Advisor. 
 (b) The
foregoing provisions shall not apply to the following: 
 (1) transactions between or among the Company or any of
the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 90 

 (2) Restricted Payments (or transfers or issuances that would constitute
Restricted Payments but for the exclusions from the definition thereof) that do not violate Section 1010 and the definition of “Permitted Investments” in Section 102; 

(3) transactions pursuant to compensatory, benefit and incentive plans and agreements with officers, directors, managers
or employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; 
 (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its
direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (5) payments by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary to one or more stockholders for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, and any
customary indemnities related thereto, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; 
 (6) payments of indemnification obligations to officers, managers and directors of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent required by the
organizational documents of such entity or applicable law; 
 (7) transactions in which the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to such person from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 1013(a);

 (8) payments or loans (or cancellations of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its
direct or indirect parent companies or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and employment agreements, employee benefit plans, stock option plans, collective bargaining agreements and other
compensatory or severance arrangements with such employees or consultants that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith; 
 (9) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Original Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders in any material
respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate); 

(10) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under
the terms of, any stockholders agreement or its equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Original Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into
thereafter; provided, however that the existence of, or 

  
 91 

 
the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Original
Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (10) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders in
any material respect than the terms of the original agreement in effect on the Original Issue Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company; 
 (11) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services (including pursuant to joint venture agreements), in each case in the ordinary
course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of Company, or are on
terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

(12) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any director, manager, officer,
employee or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; 
 (13) sales of accounts
receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; 
 (14) transactions with
Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and such
Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally; provided, however, that with regard to an issue of indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such Affiliate holds no more than 15% of such issue;

 (15) any transaction in which the only consideration paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consists
of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (16) transactions with any joint venture
or special purpose entity engaged in a Similar Business; provided that all the outstanding ownership interests of such joint venture or special purpose entity are owned only by the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and Persons that are not
Affiliates of the Company; 
 (17) any merger, amalgamation, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with
an Affiliate permitted under Article Eight; 
 (18) any agreement that provides customary registration rights to
the equityholders of the Company or any parent of the Company and the performance of such agreements; and 
 (19)
transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any person that is an Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary solely because a 

  
 92 

 
director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or any
direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; and 
 (20) any
contribution to the capital of the Company; 
 (21) intercompany transactions undertaken in good faith (as
certified in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Indenture 

SECTION 1014. Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary
to: 
  

	 	(a)    (1)    	pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation
in, or measured by, its profits or 

  

	 	(2)	pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(3)	make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

  

	 	(b)	sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

 

	 	(1)	contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Original Issue Date; 

 

	 	(2)	this Indenture, the Notes, any Additional Notes permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and the Guarantees thereof; 

 

	 	(3)	purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in
clause (b) above on the property so acquired; 

  

	 	(4)	applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

  

	 	(5)	any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in
connection therewith or in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

  
 93 

	 	(6)	any encumbrance or restriction or any property at the time the property was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (but not created in connection therewith
or in contemplation thereof) so long as the restriction applies solely to the property acquired; 

  

	 	(7)	contracts for the sale or disposition of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for
the sale or disposition of Capital Stock or assets pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

  

	 	(8)	Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 1011 and 1012; 

 

	 	(9)	restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(10)	other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred after the Original Issue Date pursuant to
Section 1011; 

  

	 	(11)	customary provisions in joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, limited liability organizational governance documents, asset sale agreements, sale and
leaseback agreements and other similar agreements; 

  

	 	(12)	customary provisions contained in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(13)	encumbrances or restrictions contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrances or restricts
restrict the transfer of assets subject to such security agreements or mortgages; 

  

	 	(14)	restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility; provided that in the case of Receivables Facilities established after the Original Issue Date, such
restrictions are necessary or advisable, in the good faith determination of the Company, to effect such Receivables Facility; 

  

	 	(15)	restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such
agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary; and

  
 94 

	 	(16)	any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (15) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification,
restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; provided, further, that with respect to contracts, instruments or obligations existing on the Original Issue Date, any amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and other restrictions than those contained in such contracts, instruments or obligations as in effect
on the Original Issue Date. 

 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1014, (1) the
priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common shares shall not be deemed to be a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital
Stock and (2) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 

SECTION 1015. Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor unless: 
  

	 	(1)	such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary,
except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, that is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary
with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; 

 

	 	(2)	such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or
subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and 

 

	 	(3)	such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that: 

(a) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and 

  
 95 

	 	(b)	such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity, provided that this Section 1015 shall not be
applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 SECTION 1016. Change of Control. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, the Company shall make an
offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, except to the extent the Company has
elected to redeem the Notes as described in Article Eleven.” Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Company has elected to redeem the Notes as described in Article Eleven, the Company will send notice of such
Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder to the address of such Holder appearing in the register of Holders with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information: 

(1) a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 1016 and all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such
Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which
shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) any note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of
Control Payment Date; 
 (5) Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer
shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the
close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) Holders shall be
entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the

  
 96 

 
Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that
such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; and 
 (7) Holders
whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof. 
 (b) While the Notes are in global form and the Company makes a Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its
option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations. 
 (c) The
Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder or under the applicable securities laws and regulations of Canada or any province thereof to the extent such
laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the
Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

(d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all
Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for
cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Company. 
 (e) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder a new note equal in principal
amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any, provided that each such new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the
Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (f) The Company shall not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable
to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly 

  
 97 

 
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) a notice of redemption has been given for all of the Notes pursuant to Article Eleven, unless and until there is a
default in payment of the applicable Redemption Price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of
making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 SECTION 1017. Asset Sales. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless: 
 (1) the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of 
 (a) any liabilities (as shown on the
Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the Notes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the
transferee of any such assets (or a third party on behalf of the transferee) and for which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has been validly released by all creditors in writing; 

(b) any securities, Notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and 

(c) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having
an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (d) that has not previously been converted to cash, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100 million and
(y) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value; 
 shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other
purpose. 
 (b) Within 365 days after any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of
the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may, at its option, apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale: 
 (1) to permanently reduce 

  
 98 

     (x) Obligations under the ABL Facility or any other Senior
Indebtedness, in each case, of the Company or any Guarantor and, in the case of Obligations under revolving credit facilities or other similar Indebtedness, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto (other than
Obligations owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce Obligations under any Senior Indebtedness that is not Secured Indebtedness, the Company or such Guarantor shall,
equally and ratably, reduce Obligations under the Notes by, at its option, (A) redeeming Notes if the Notes are then redeemable as provided in Article Eleven, (B) making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an
Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased or (C) purchasing Notes through open market
purchases (to the extent such purchases are at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof) in a manner that complies with this Indenture and applicable securities law; or 

    (y) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company
or another Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (2) to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses;
provided that such investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted
Subsidiary, (b) properties, (c) capital expenditures and (d) acquisitions of other assets, that in each of (a), (b), (c) and (d), are used or useful in a Similar Business or replace the businesses, properties and assets that are
the subject of such Asset Sale; or 
 (3) any combination of the foregoing. 

(c) Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not invested or applied in accordance with Section 1017(b) within 365 days from
the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”; provided that if during such 365-day period the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to
apply such Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of clause (2) of the immediately preceding paragraph after such 365th day, such 365th day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until such Net
Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (but such extension will in no event be for a period longer than 270 days) (or, if earlier, the date of termination of such agreement). When the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $10 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders and to holders of other Senior Indebtedness, if required by the terms of such Senior Indebtedness or at the option of the Company (other than with respect to Hedging
Obligations) on a pro rata basis according to principal at maturity (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate 

  
 99 

 
principal amount of Notes and such Senior Indebtedness that is an amount equal to at least $2,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to
100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer
with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $10 million by mailing or electronically sending the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Company
may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 365 days (or such longer period provided above) or with
respect to Excess Proceeds of $10 million or less. 
 (d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Senior
Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes or the Senior Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select or cause to be selected the Notes and such Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata
basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Senior Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds related to such Asset Sale Offer shall be reset at zero. 

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 1017, the Company or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(f) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder or under the applicable securities laws and regulations of Canada or any province thereof to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that
the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in
this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 (g) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select
the Notes to be redeemed on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as may be prescribed in DTC’s applicable procedures to the extent practicable; provided that no such Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in
part. 
 (h) Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more
than 60 days before the purchase or Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be purchased or redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice
is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or 

  
 100

 
redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed. 

(i) A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of any Note redeemed in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder
thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 SECTION 1018. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with
respect to any property unless: 
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to
(A) incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to Section 1011 and (B) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt without equally
and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 1012; and 
 (2) the Company applies the proceeds of such
transaction in the manner required with respect to Net Proceeds under Section 1017. 
 SECTION 1019. Termination of
Covenants. (a) If on any date following the date of this Indenture: 
 (1) the Notes are rated Baa3 or
better by Moody’s and BBB- or better by S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized
statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency); and 

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, 

then, beginning on that day (the “Covenant Termination Date”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the
following provisions of this Indenture: 
 (1) Section 801(a)(4); 

(2) Section 1010; 
 (3) Section 1011; 
 (4) Section 1013; 

(5) Section 1014; 
 (6) Section 1015; 
 (7) Section 1017; and 

  
 101

 (8) Section 1018 

(b) On the Covenant Termination Date, Section 1012 will be replaced by Section 1020. 

(c) The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five business days after the Covenant Termination Date)
written notice of the Covenant Termination Date. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the terminated covenants apply and are in full force and effect. 
 SECTION 1020. Restriction on Secured Debt. Beginning on the Covenant Termination Date, the Company shall not, nor shall the Company permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a pledge, mortgage, security interest, lien or other encumbrance (pledges, mortgages, security interests, liens and other encumbrances are called “liens”) upon any Principal Property
or upon any shares of capital stock or Indebtedness of any Significant Subsidiary (whether such Principal Property, shares or Indebtedness is now existing or owed or is hereafter created or acquired), without in any such case effectively providing
that all of the Notes are secured equally and ratably. Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding sentence, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to incur Indebtedness (i) secured by liens existing on the date
this provision becomes effective and (ii) secured by liens otherwise prohibited by this covenant which do not exceed 10.0% of Consolidated Total Assets measured at the date of incurrence of such lien. 

ARTICLE ELEVEN 
 REDEMPTION OF NOTES 
 SECTION 1101. Right of Redemption. Except
as set forth in this Section 1101, the Company will not be entitled to redeem the Notes prior to April 15, 2015. 
 At
any time prior to April 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of
Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 From and after
April 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of
such Holder appearing in the Note Register at the Redemption Prices set forth in the table below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to, but not including, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of each of the years indicated below: 

  
 102

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	106.188	% 
	 2016
	  	 	104.125	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.063	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, until April 15, 2014, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the sum of
the original aggregate principal amount of the Original Notes and Initial Notes (and the original principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued by it under this Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to 108.25% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of
one or more Equity Offerings of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the Company; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
originally issued under this Indenture and the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of
closing of each such Equity Offering. 
 The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under
Section 1104. 
 SECTION 1102. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or
otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article. 
 SECTION 1103. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 1101 above shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of
any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of
the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 1104. 

SECTION 1104. Selection and Notice by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed. If the Company is redeeming less than all of the Notes
at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or
(b) if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as may be prescribed by DTC’s applicable procedures to the extent practicable; provided that no such Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed
in part. 

  
 103

 Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 days
but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address, except that notices of redemption may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection
with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, any notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of any Note redeemed in part shall be issued in the name of
the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date. On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Company defaults in the redemption payment, interest shall cease to
accrue on the Note or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 SECTION 1105. Notice of Redemption. Notice of
redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 107 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder to be redeemed. 
 All notices of redemption shall state: 
 (1) the Redemption Date,

 (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in
Section 1106, if any, 
 (3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and,
in the case of a partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed, 
 (4) in
case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder shall receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized
denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed, 
 (5) that on the Redemption Date the
Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1106) shall become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and that interest thereon shall cease to
accrue on and after said date, 
 (6) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of
the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, 
 (7) the name and address of the Paying Agent, 

  
 104

 (8) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent
to collect the Redemption Price, 
 (9) the “CUSIP” number, ISIN or “Common Code” number and
that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the “CUSIP” number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and 

(10) the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed. 

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s
request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. 
 In connection with any redemption of Notes (including
with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including any related Equity Offering. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject
to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not
occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date so delayed. 
 SECTION 1106. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date. 

SECTION 1107. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be
redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption
Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date and such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee; provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption
Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant record dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 306. 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall,
until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 SECTION 1108. Notes Redeemed in
Part. Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or 

  
 105

 
agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note
without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered. 

ARTICLE TWELVE 
 GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 1201. Guarantees. Each of the Guarantors
hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee for
itself and on behalf of such Holder, that: (1) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes will be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including the amount that would become due
but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the
Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such
other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (1) and
(2) above, to the limitation set forth in Section 1204 hereof. 
 The Luxembourg Guarantor and the Company shall cause
each direct and indirect Canadian Subsidiary existing on the Original Issue Date or subsequently organized to jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis, the performance and full and punctual
payment when due, whether at the Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or
otherwise, on the terms set forth in this Indenture. 
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder
shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof,
any release of any Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of any Guarantor. 

Each of the Guarantors hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing
of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the 

  
 106

 
Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of any such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in such Note, this Indenture and such Guarantee. Each of the Guarantors acknowledges that the Guarantee is a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due and not of collection. Each of the
Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on
behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the other Guarantors to enforce such Person’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any
Guarantor. Each of the Guarantors agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the
Maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, any such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holder, upon demand therefor, the amount that
would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any Guarantor, any
amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each Guarantor, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that, as between each of the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee on the other hand, (1) subject to this Article Twelve, the Maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Five hereof for the purposes of the
Guarantee of such Guarantor notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligation as provided in
Article Five hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each of the Guarantors for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Person. 

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company
for liquidation, reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or
returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is
rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 

SECTION 1202. Severability. In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent permitted by applicable law. 

  
 107

 SECTION 1203. Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall cause any Restricted
Subsidiary required to guarantee payment of the Notes pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 1015 to (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee any amendment or supplement to this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of Article
Nine of this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee all of the obligations on the Notes, whether for principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing after the filing of, or which would have accrued
but for the filing of, a petition by or against the Company under any Bankruptcy Law, whether or not such interest is allowed as a claim after such filing in any proceeding under such law) and other amounts due in connection therewith (including any
fees, expenses and indemnities), on an unsecured senior basis and (2) deliver to such Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Trustee to the effect that such amendment or supplement has been duly executed and delivered by
such Restricted Subsidiary and is in compliance with the terms of this Indenture. Upon the execution of any such amendment or supplement, the obligations of the Guarantors and any such Restricted Subsidiary under their respective Guarantees shall
become joint and several and each reference to the “Guarantor” in this Indenture shall, subject to Section 1208, be deemed to refer to all Guarantors, including such Restricted Subsidiary. Such Guarantee shall be released in
accordance with Section 803 and Section 1209. 
 SECTION 1204. Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability.
Each of the Guarantors, and by its acceptance hereof each Holder, confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by each such Person pursuant to its Guarantee (i) not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for
purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to the Guarantee, (ii) not be inconsistent with the provisions of
its local law relating to corporate benefit, capital preservation, financial assistance or fraudulent conveyance, or (iii) not cause the directors of a Guarantor to contravene their fiduciary duties, incur civil or criminal liability or
contravene any legal prohibition. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and each Guarantor (other than the Luxembourg Guarantor) hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of such Person under its Guarantee shall be limited to the
maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Person and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor (other than the Luxembourg
Guarantor) in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor (other than the Luxembourg Guarantor) under its Guarantee or pursuant to this Section 1204, result in the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting such
fraudulent transfer or conveyance; provided that this Section 1204 may not be effective to protect a Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer or conveyance law, or may reduce the Guarantor’s Obligation to an amount that
effectively makes its Guarantee worthless, and (ii) the Company agrees to pay to the Luxembourg Guarantor or cause the Luxembourg Guarantor (or such assignee or assignees as it may designate) to be paid, as consideration for such Guarantee for
so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, a guarantee fee under a letter dated on or about the date of this Indenture between the Company and the Luxembourg Guarantor in relation to such guarantee fee. 

  
 108

 SECTION 1205. Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable
contribution among the Guarantors, each of the Guarantors agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under a Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a
contribution from all other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets (as defined below) of each Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in
discharging the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes or any other obligations of any Guarantor with respect to the Guarantee of such Person. For the purposes of this Article Twelve, the “Adjusted Net Assets” of such Person
at any date shall mean the lesser of (1) the amount by which the fair value of the property of such Person exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent
liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such Person at such date and (2) the amount by which the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person at such date exceeds the amount
that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Person, as they
become absolute and matured. 
 SECTION 1206. Subrogation. Each of the Guarantors shall be subrogated to all rights
of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 1201; provided, however, that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, none of the Guarantors shall be
entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 

SECTION 1207. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor hereby agrees (and each Person who becomes a Guarantor shall agree) that the
Guarantee provided for in Section 1201 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time, payment, or any part thereof, of any obligations or interest thereon is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by a
Holder to the Company upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any Guarantor. 
 SECTION 1208. Release of a
Guarantor. The Guarantee of a Guarantor shall automatically and unconditionally be released and discharged upon: 
 (1)(A) in the case of a Guarantor, the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger, amalgamation or consolidation) of all of the Capital Stock (or any sale, disposition or other transfer
of Capital Stock following which such Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), or all or substantially all the assets, of such Guarantor (other than a sale, disposition or other transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary) if such sale, disposition
or other transfer is permitted by the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (B) in the case of a Guarantor,
the designation by the Company of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 1010 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” set forth in Section 102; 

(C) in the case of a Guarantor, the release or discharge of such Guarantor from its guarantee of Indebtedness under the
ABL Facility or the 

  
 109

 
guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Guarantor to guarantee the Notes, in each case, if such Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to guarantee the Notes pursuant
Section 1015 (treating any guarantees of such Guarantor that remain outstanding as incurred at least 30 days prior to such release or discharge); or 
 (D) the exercise by the Company of its Legal Defeasance option under Section 1302 hereof, or its Covenant Defeasance option under Section 1303 hereof, or if the Company’s Obligations under
this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 401. 
 (2) in the case of clause
(1)(A) above, the release or discharge of such Guarantor from its guarantee, if any, of and all pledges and security, if any, granted by such Guarantor in connection with, the ABL Facility; and 

(3) such Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. 
 SECTION
1209. Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and from its guarantee and waivers pursuant to the Guarantees under
this Article Twelve. 
 ARTICLE THIRTEEN 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION
1301. Company’s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 be
applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Thirteen. 
 SECTION
1302. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this Section 1302, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from its
respective obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes and the Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that
each of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of
Section 1305 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the
expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and cure all existing Events of Default, except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders
of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes 

  
 110

 
when such payments are due solely out of the trust described in Section 1304, (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 303, 304, 305, 1002 and 1003,
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the obligations of each of the Company and the Guarantors in connection therewith and (4) this Article Thirteen. Subject to compliance with this
Article Thirteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1303 with respect to the Notes. 

SECTION 1303. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this
Section 1303, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall be released from its respective obligations under any covenant contained in Sections 801, 802 and in Sections 1005, 1006, 1007 and 1009 through and including 1018 with respect
to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether
directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a
Default or an Event of Default under Sections 501(4), 501(5) and 501(6) and, with respect to only any Significant Subsidiary and not the Company, Section 501(7), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such
Notes shall be unaffected thereby. 
 SECTION 1304. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The
following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Notes: 
 (1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 608 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this
Article Thirteen applicable to it), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, (A) cash in U.S. dollars, (B) non-callable Government Securities, or (C) a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion
of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Outstanding Notes on the Stated
Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable); provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such cash or the proceeds of such Government Securities to said payments with respect to the Notes. Before such a deposit,
the Company may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 1103 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a future date in accordance with Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable. Such
irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing; 

  
 111

 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 

(B) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary
assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of
Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) in the case of Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders who are not resident in Canada will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or
territorial income tax or other tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, and will only be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax and other taxes on the same amounts, in the
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case had if such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, had not occurred; 
 (5) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit; 
 (6) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
and 
 (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel in the United States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may
be, have been complied with. 

  
 112

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to
Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, (B) will become due and payable
within one year or (C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. 

SECTION 1305. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to the
provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all cash and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 1305, the
“Qualifying Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Qualifying Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment,
either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Qualifying Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium,
if any) and interest, but such money or Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Qualifying Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the
principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article Thirteen to the contrary notwithstanding, the Qualifying Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or Government Securities held
by it as provided in Section 1304 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Qualifying Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof
which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article. 
 SECTION 1306. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305 by reason of any order or judgment of
any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Outstanding Notes shall be revived and reinstated as
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1302 or 1303, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305; provided,
however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive
such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 113

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of
the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Mark J. Erceg

		 	Name: Mark J. Erceg
		 	Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	CROWN DOOR CORPORATION
		
	BY:	 	 /s/ Joanne Freiberger

		 	Name: Joanne Freiberger
		 	Title: Vice President and Treasurer
	
	3061275 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joanne Freiberger

		 	Name: Joanne Freiberger
		 	Title: Vice President and Treasurer
	
	MASONITE LUXEMBOURG S.A.
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher A. Virostek

		 	Name: Christopher A. Virostek
		 	Title: Director and Authorized Signatory
	
	CASTLEGATE ENTRY SYSTEMS, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Joanne Freiberger

		 	Name: Joanne Freiberger
		 	Title: Vice President and Treasurer

 
			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS
TRUSTEE
		
	by:	 	 /s/ Stefan Victory

		 	Name: Stefan Victory
		 	Title: Vice President

 Rule 144A / Regulation S / IAI Appendix 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO NOTES 
 1. Definitions. 
 1.1 Definitions. 

For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Original Note, Initial Note or Additional Note bearing, if required, the appropriate
restricted Notes legend set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its
nominees and their respective successors. 
 “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the
period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and
(ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor”,
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act. 
 “Initial
Notes” means the Company’s Senior Notes Due 2021 issued on March 9, 2012. 
 “Notes” means the Original
Notes, Initial Notes and Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Notes (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 

“Original Notes” means the Company’s Senior Notes Due 2021 issued on April 15, 2011. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to
bear the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e) hereto. 

 1.2 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section:

		
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
		
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
		
	 “Regulation S”
	  	2.1(a)
		
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
		
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	2.1(a)
		
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes. 
 2.1(a) Form and Dating. The Notes shall be issued by the Company in accordance with Section 204 of this Indenture. The Notes will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on
Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Notes may
thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of
one or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); Notes initially resold to IAIs shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered
form (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”); and Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Regulation S
Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global Notes legend and the applicable restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented
thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Except as set forth in this
Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note only upon
certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that (i) beneficial ownership interests in such Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did
not require registration under the Securities Act and (ii) in the case of an exchange for an IAI Global Note, certification (and, if requested by the Company, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act) that the interest in the Regulation S Global Note is being transferred to an “accredited investor” under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor acquiring the Notes for its own account
or for the account of an institutional accredited investor. 

  
 2 

 Beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes or IAI Global Notes may be exchanged for
interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the Trustee the assignment form substantially in the form included in
Exhibit 1 hereto. 
 Beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes and Rule 144A Global Notes may be exchanged for an
interest in IAI Global Notes if the transferor of the Regulation S Global Note or Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the trustee a written certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto (and, if requested by the
Company, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act). 

Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form
of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee the assignment form substantially in the form included in Exhibit 1
hereto to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144. 
 The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from
time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided. 
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary. 

The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or
more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (b) shall be held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any
Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depositary as
the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification,
proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in
any Global Note. 
 (c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners
of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 

  
 3 

 2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall: (1) on the Original Issue Date and
the Issue Date, authenticate and deliver Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in the applicable written order of the Company pursuant to Section 204 of this Indenture, (2) at any time and from time to time after the execution
and delivery of this Indenture, in accordance with Article Two, at the direction of Company Order, credit the DTC participant accounts as directed and make such confirmations as are required by the Company in order for the Company may issue Notes
pursuant to the existing Global Notes, and (3) authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Company pursuant to Section 204 of this Indenture, in
each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on
which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 311 of this Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 1011 of this Indenture.

 2.3 Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are
presented to the Registrar with a request: 
  

	 	(x)	to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

  

	 	(y)	to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, 

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided,
however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (i) shall be duly endorsed or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(ii) if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted Notes legend, they are being transferred or exchanged
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in
the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or 
 (B) if such
Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect; or 
 (C) if such
Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the
requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a 

  
 4 

 
certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as
to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i). 
 (b) Restrictions on
Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon
satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with: 

(i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being
transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (B) being transferred to an IAI (and, if requested by the Company, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act) or
(C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest
in the Regulation S Global Note; and 
 (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the
Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)), IAI Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(1)(B)) or
Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Regulation S Global Note,
as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase, 
 then the Trustee
shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes
represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of
the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A
Global Notes, IAI Global Notes or Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the
Company, a new Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount. 

  
 5 

 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in
accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and
an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and
a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 
 (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee
of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 

(iv) In the event that Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the
consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of
this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the
case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 
 (d) Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the
Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE

  
 6 

 
EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE
EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF NOT LESS THAN $250,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED
CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (AND, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT), OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE COMPANY, OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO,
NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY
EVIDENCED HEREBY. 
 Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend: 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS
THE INDENTURE REQUIRES TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 7 

 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any
Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend
set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be
in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note). 
 (e) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depositary for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior
to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on
the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

(f) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the
records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the
Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall
be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary
subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any
restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global
Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

  
 8 

 2.4 Definitive Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian for the Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1
shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with
Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note and the Depositary fails to appoint a successor Depositary or if at any time such Depositary
ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, in either case, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Noteholders request such transfer and exchange or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture. 

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the
Depositary to the Trustee located at its principal corporate trust office, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global
Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000
principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise
provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted Notes legend and definitive Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 
 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and
Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Company expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to this Indenture, including
pursuant to Section 507, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued. 

  
 9 

 EXHIBIT 1 
 to Rule 144A / Regulation S / IAI Appendix 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR
SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] [UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF
SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.] 

[Restricted Notes Legend] 
 THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY
BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) IN A PRINCIPAL

 
AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF NOT LESS THAN $250,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF
WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (AND, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT), OR
(e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE COMPANY, OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM
IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. 

[Definitive Notes Legend] 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THE INDENTURE REQUIRES TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH
THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 2 

 CUSIP No. [            ] 

 

			
	No. [            ]	 	$             

 Senior Notes Due 2021 
 MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, a British Columbia corporation, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum of
             Dollars on April 15, 2021 (or such other amount as may be increased or decreased on the “Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note” attached
hereto). 
 Interest Payment Dates: semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year. 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 3 

 Dated: 
  

			
	MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
		
	By	 	  

		 	Name:
		
		 	Title:
		
	By	 	  

		 	Name:
		
		 	Title:

  
 4 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

 

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
	
	 as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of
the Notes referred
to in the Indenture.

 

			
		
	 By
	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Date: 

  
 5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

Senior Note Due 2021 
 1.
Principal and Interest. 
 The Company will pay the principal of this Note on April 15, 2021. 

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate
of 8.250% per annum, which shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on any Notes or, if no interest has been paid on any Notes, from April 15, 2011; provided that, if there is no existing default in the
payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. 

Interest will be payable semi-annually (to the Holders of record of the Notes (or any Predecessor Notes) at the close of business on
April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date following the issue date of this Note. 

Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a payment
date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on the Notes for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be
affected. 
 (a) Any amount (whether of principal or interest) not paid when due hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise) shall bear interest, to the extent permitted by law (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, at the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto from and including the date of such non-payment to but
excluding the date on which such amount is paid in full. 
 (b) In no event shall the interest rate on the Notes exceed the
highest lawful rate permitted by applicable law. 
 (c) The Company or a calculation agent to be appointed by the Company will
calculate the amount of interest payable from time to time under the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. 

The Company will pay interest (except defaulted interest) on the principal amount of this Note at the close of business on April 15
and October 15 of each year to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on April 1 and October 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if this Note is
cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Regular Record Date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Company will make payment to the Holder that surrenders this Note to any Paying
Agent on or after April 15, 2021. 

  
 6 

 The Company will pay principal (premium, if any) and interest in money of the United States
that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal (premium, if any) and interest by its check payable in such money. The Company may pay interest on this Note either
(a) by mailing a check for such interest to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Note Register) or (b) by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. If a payment date is a date
other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 3. Paying Agent and Note Registrar. 
 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association (the “Trustee”) will act as Paying Agent and Note Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Note Registrar upon written notice thereto. The Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying
Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar. 
 4. Indenture. 
 The Company issued the Notes under an Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of March 9, 2012 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. Capitalized terms herein
are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the
terms of the Indenture shall control. 
 The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes. 
 5. Redemption. 
 Except as set forth below, the Company will not be entitled to redeem the Notes prior to April 15, 2015. 
 At any time prior to April 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 From and after April 15, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy
to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Note Register at the Redemption Prices set forth in the table below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including the applicable Redemption
Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of each of the years indicated below:

  
 7 

			
	Year	  	Percentage
	 2015
	  	106.188%
	 2016
	  	104.125%
	 2017
	  	102.063%
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	100.000%

 In addition, until April 15, 2014, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the sum of
the original aggregate principal amount of the Original Notes and the Initial Notes (and the original principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued by it under the Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to 108.25% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of
one or more Equity Offerings of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the Company; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
originally issued under the Indenture and the aggregate principal amount of any Additional Notes remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing
of each such Equity Offering. 
 6. Repurchase upon a Change of Control and Asset Sales. 

Upon the occurrence of (a) a Change of Control, each Holders of Notes will have the right to require that the Company purchase such
Holder’s outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase and (b) an Asset Sale, the Company may be obligated to make offers to
purchase Notes and Senior Indebtedness of the Company with a portion of the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sales at a Redemption Price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. 

7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. 
 The Notes are in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Note Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Note Registrar need not register the
transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days
before an interest payment date. 

  
 8 

 8. Persons Deemed Owners. 
 A registered Holder may be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes. 
 9. Unclaimed
Money. 
 If money for the payment of principal (premium, if any) or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee
and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the
Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease. 
 10. Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity. 

If the Company irrevocably deposits, or causes to be deposited, with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, (A) cash
in U.S. dollars, (B) non-callable Government Securities, or (C) a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable), the Company will be discharged from
certain covenants set forth in the Indenture. 
 11. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. Without
notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not adversely affect
the rights of any Holder. 
 12. Restrictive Covenants. 
 The Indenture contains certain covenants, including covenants with respect to the following matters: (i) Restricted Payments; (ii) incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock;
(iii) Liens; (iv) transactions with Affiliates; (v) dividend and other payment restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; (vii) merger and certain transfers of
assets; (viii) purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control; and (ix) disposition of proceeds of Asset Sales. Within 120 days (or the successor time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act) after the end of
each fiscal year, the Company must report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 

  
 9 

 13. Successor Persons. 
 When a successor Person or other entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations. 

14. Remedies for Events of Default. 
 If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium,
if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture to be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or
any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become immediately due and payable. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless such Holders have
offered to the Trustee indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 15.
Guarantees. 
 The Company’s obligations under the Notes are fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on an
unsecured senior basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors. 
 16. Authentication. 

This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

17. Abbreviations. 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by
the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 18. CUSIP Numbers. 
 Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the 

  
 10 

 
Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 20.
Governing Law. 
 THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN 

ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to Masonite International Corporation, 201 North Franklin Street, Suite 300,
Tampa, Florida 33602, Attention: General Counsel. 
 Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to such terms in the Indenture. 

  
 11 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
  

 

					
	 Date:
	 	Your Signature:	 	

  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act after the later
of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

									
	 	 ̈	  	 	 to the Company; or

				
				 	(1)	 	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
				
				 	(2)	 	 ̈	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the
account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
				
				 	(3)	 	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933;
or
				
				 	(4)	 	 ̈	  	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933; or

  
 12 

							
		 	(5)	 	 ̈	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),(2),(3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the transfer of this Note (the form of which can be obtained from the Trustee) and, if requested by the Company, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in
the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
	  
	 		 	
	  
 Signature
	 		 	
			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	  
 Signature must be guaranteed
	 		 	Signature

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements
of the Notes Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Notes Registrar in
addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 

  
 13 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	Dated:	 		 	  

		 		 	Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 14 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	 	Amount of decrease in
Principal amount of this
Global Note	 	Amount of increase in
Principal amount of this
Global Note	 	Principal amount of this
Global Note following such
decrease or increase)	 	Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee or Notes
Custodian

  
 15 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 1016 or 1017 of the Indenture, check the
box:   ̈ 

 ̈  If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 1016 or 1017 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $             
  

									
	Dated:	 		 	    Your Signature:
		 		 		 		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 		 		  	
		 		 		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Notes
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Notes Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 16 

 EXHIBIT 2 
 to Rule 144A / Regulation S / IAI Appendix 
 Form of 

Transferee Letter of Representation 
 MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION 
 201 North Franklin Street, Suite 300 

Tampa, Florida 33602 
 In care of 

[            ] 
 [            ] 

[            ] 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of
$            principal amount of the Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Notes”) of MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, a British Columbia corporation (the “Company”).

 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

 

	
	
	
Name:                       
                                         
    

	
	
Address:                      
                                         
 

	
	 Taxpayer ID
Number:                                        
    

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not
with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our
investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as
permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of
original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to the Company, (ii) in the
United States to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), 

 
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor, in each
case in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000, (iv) outside the United States in a transaction complying with the provisions of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the
Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if available) or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (i) through (vi) subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of our
property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale
Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee
substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the
offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory
to the Company and the Trustee. 
  
  

			
	TRANSFEREE:	 	                             
                                         
                      ,
		
	by:	 	 

  
 2 

 EXHIBIT A 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                    , 20    , among
                    (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION (or its permitted
successor), a British Columbia corporation (the “Company”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of April 15, 2011, amended and restated as of March 9, 2012 (as so amended and restated, the
“Indenture”) providing for the issuance of Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture
provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s
Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and in the Indenture
including but not limited to Article Twelve thereof. 
 3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company, any Successor Company or any Guarantor (other than in the case of stockholders of any Guarantor, the Company, Successor Company or another Guarantor) shall have any liability for any obligations of the
Company, Successor Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the Federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public
policy. 

 4. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy (which may be provided via facsimile or other electronic transmission) shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
                    , 20         

 

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	              

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	MASONITE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	              

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	              

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	              

		 	Authorized Signatory
		 	

  
 3 

 EXHIBIT B 
 INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE 
 The undersigned,
                    , being the
                     of
                     (the “Company”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the
Company as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the extreme right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals
have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of March 9, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. 
  

							
	 Name
	  	Title	 	Signature	 	
				
	                           
         	  	                            
        	 	                           
         	 	 
				
	                           
         	  	                            
        	 	                           
         	 	 
				
	                           
         	  	                            
        	 	                           
         	 	 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the
             day of                      ,
20        . 
  

	
	  
 Name:

	Title:EX-4.3.A

 Exhibit 4.3(a) 
 WARRANT AGREEMENT 
 THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT (this
“Agreement”) is made as of the 9th day of June 2009 between Masonite Worldwide Holdings Inc., a corporation continued under the laws of British Columbia (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company of Canada
(the “Warrant Agent”). Each capitalized term used herein but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Joint Plan of Reorganization pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code confirmed on May 29,
2009 (the “Plan”). 
 WHEREAS, on March 16, 2009, Masonite Corporation and its debtor subsidiaries
(collectively, “Masonite”) filed petitions with the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York under chapter 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101-1330. 

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue an aggregate of 27,500,005 shares of New Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) pursuant to the
order of the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York in In re Masonite Corporation, et al., Case No. 09-10844 (PJW), and the Plan confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of Masonite under Title 11 of
the United States Code; 
 WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue, at the Effective Date (as defined in the Plan), warrants that
will expire on June 9, 2014 (the “2014 Warrants”) and warrants that will expire on June 9, 2016 (the “2016 Warrants and collectively, the “Warrants”) to purchase, in the aggregate, 5,833,335
shares of New Common Stock at an exercise price of $55.31 per share, subject to adjustments in accordance with the terms of the Warrants, to all Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes Claims (as defined in the Plan) in Masonite (Class 4) pursuant
to the terms and conditions of the Warrants; 
 WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company,
and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, call, exercise and cancellation of the Warrants; 
 WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as
provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, the foregoing recitals are made as statements and representations of fact by the Company and not the Warrant Agent. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

 ARTICLE I 
 APPOINTMENT OF WARRANT AGENT 
 Section 1.1 Appointment. The Company
hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as the registrar and transfer agent of the Warrants and the office of the Warrant Agent in Toronto, Ontario as the warrant agency (the “Warrant Agency”) at which certificates evidencing
Warrants may be surrendered for exchange or transfer or at which Warrants may be exercised. The Company, with the approval of the Warrant Agent, may from time to time designate alternate or additional places as the Warrant Agency and shall give
notice to the Warrant Agent of any change of the Warrant Agency. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 

ARTICLE II 

WARRANTS 

Section 2.1 Issue of Warrants. The Warrants are hereby created and authorized to be countersigned and issued hereunder, upon and
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the certificates, if any, representing such Warrants shall be countersigned, if applicable, by the Warrant Agent upon
receipt by the Warrant Agent of a written order of the Company to such effect. 
 Section 2.2 Warrant Certificates.
(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Warrants, on the Effective Date or a date that is as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, the Company will
issue or cause to be issued one or more global certificates (the “Global Warrant Certificates”) evidencing each of the 2014 Warrants and the 2016 Warrants in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, and
registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depository”). Each Global Warrant Certificate shall represent such number of the outstanding 2014 Warrants and the 2106 Warrants,
respectively, as specified therein, and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding 2014 Warrants and the 2016 Warrants, respectively, from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding
2014 Warrants and the 2016 Warrants, respectively, represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, in accordance with the terms of the Warrants. 

(b) Subject to this Agreement, each of the 2014 Warrants and the 2016 Warrants shall be issued in the form of the Global Warrant
Certificates, with the forms of election to exercise and of assignment printed on the reverse thereof, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. The Global Warrant Certificates may bear such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Agreement and the Warrant, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be
required to comply with any law or with any rules made pursuant thereto or with any rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, or, be determined by the Appropriate Officers executing such Global Warrant Certificates, as
evidenced by their execution of the Global Warrant Certificates, and all 

  
 2 

 
of which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Warrant Agent. “Appropriate Officers” is defined as any of the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, the President of the Company, any Senior Vice President of the Company or the Treasurer of the Company. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the 2014 Warrants and the 2016 Warrants may be issued in certificated or
non-certificated form. Warrants issued to the Depository or its nominee may be in non-certificated form, in which case they shall be evidenced by a book entry position on the register of Warrant holders to be maintained by the Warrant Agent. For the
purpose of the administration of the Warrants, an electronic acknowledgement of a deposit request from the Depository by the Warrant Agent will be permitted in lieu of the delivery of a physical warrant certificate. 

Section 2.3 Registration and Countersignature. (a) Upon written order signed by an Appropriate Officer of the Company (a
“Written Order”), the Warrant Agent shall upon receipt of the Global Warrant Certificates duly executed on behalf of the Company, countersign one or more Global Warrant Certificates evidencing Warrants. Such written order of the
Company shall specifically state the number of Warrants that are to be issued as a Global Warrant Certificate. A Global Warrant Certificate shall be, and shall remain, subject to the provisions of this Agreement until such time as all of the
Warrants evidenced thereby shall have been duly exercised or shall have expired or been canceled in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 (b) No Global Warrant Certificate shall be valid for any purpose, and no Warrant evidenced thereby shall be exercisable, until such Global Warrant Certificate has been countersigned by the manual
signature of the Warrant Agent. Such signature by the Warrant Agent upon any Global Warrant Certificate executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that such Global Warrant Certificate so countersigned has been duly issued hereunder.

 (c) The countersignature of the Warrant Agent on a Global Warrant Certificate issued hereunder shall not be construed as a
representation or warranty by the Warrant Agent as to the validity of this Agreement, the Warrants or the Global Warrant Certificates (except the due certification thereof) and the Warrant Agent shall in no respect be liable or answerable for the
use made of the Warrants or the Global Warrant Certificates or any of them or of the consideration therefore except as otherwise specified herein. 
 Section 2.4 Signing of Certificates. Each Global Warrant Certificate shall be signed by any an Appropriate Officer of the Company. 

Section 2.5 Issue in Substitution for Certificates Lost, Etc. (a) If any warrant certificate becomes mutilated or is lost,
destroyed or stolen, the Company shall, subject to applicable law and Section 2.4, issue, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall certify and deliver, a new warrant certificate of like date and tenor as the one mutilated, lost, destroyed or
stolen in exchange for and in place of and upon cancellation of such 

  
 3 

 
mutilated warrant certificate, or in lieu of and in substitution for such lost, destroyed or stolen warrant certificate, and the substituted warrant certificate shall be in a form approved by the
Warrant Agent and the Warrants evidenced thereby shall be entitled to the benefits hereof and shall rank pari passu with all other Warrants issued or to be issued hereunder. 
 (b) The applicant for the issue of a new warrant certificate pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall bear the reasonable cost of the issue thereof and in case of mutilation shall, as a condition precedent
to the issue thereof, deliver to the Warrant Agent the mutilated warrant certificate, and in case of loss, destruction or theft shall, as a condition precedent to the issue thereof, furnish to the Company and to the Warrant Agent such evidence of
ownership and of the loss, destruction or theft of the warrant certificate so lost, destroyed or stolen satisfactory to the Company and to the Warrant Agent, in their respective sole discretion, and such applicant may also be required to furnish an
indemnity and surety bond in amount and form satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent, in their respective sole discretion, and shall pay the reasonable charges of the Company and the Warrant Agent in connection therewith. 

Section 2.6 Registration of Warrants. (a) Except as described below, registration of interests in and transfers of each of
the 2014 Warrants and the 2016 Warrants may be made through the securities registration system operated by the Depository and may be evidenced by one or more single fully registered Global Warrant Certificate(s) for an amount representing the
aggregate number of each of the 2014 Warrants and the 2106 Warrants, respectively, outstanding from time to time. 
 (b) The
Company may terminate the application of this Section 2.6 in its sole discretion, in which case all Warrants will be evidenced by one or more registered certificate(s). 
 (c) Transfers of beneficial ownership in any Warrant represented by a Global Warrant Certificate will be effected only with respect to the interest of a participant (or broker), through records maintained
by the Depository or its nominee for such Global Warrant Certificate. Beneficial Owners who are not participants/brokers but who desire to sell or otherwise transfer ownership of or any other interest in Warrants represented by such Global Warrant
Certificate may do so only through a participant/broker. 
 (d) The rights of beneficial owners shall be limited to those
established by applicable law and agreements between the Depository and the participants/brokers and between such participants/brokers and beneficial owners and must be exercised through a participant/broker in accordance with the rules and
procedures of the Depository. 
 (e) Subject to Subsection 2.6(h), neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be under any
obligation to deliver to any participant/broker or beneficial owner, nor shall any participant or beneficial owner have any right to require the delivery of, a certificate or other instrument evidencing any interest in Warrants, except where
physical certificates evidencing ownership in securities are required to deal with Warrant exercises and restricted and/or legended securities. 
 (f) If any Warrant is represented by a Global Warrant Certificate and any of the following events occurs: 

  
 4 

 (i) the Depository or the Company has notified the Warrant Agent that (A) the
Depository is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository or (B) the Depository ceases to be a clearing agency in good standing under applicable laws and, in either case, the Company is unable to locate a qualified successor Depository within
90 days of delivery of such notice; or 
 (ii) the Company or the Depository is required by applicable law to take the action
contemplated in this Subsection 2.6(f); 
 then one or more definitive registered certificates shall be executed by the Company,
and countersigned and delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Depository in exchange for the Global Warrant Certificate(s) held by the Depository. 
 (g) Any registered certificates issued and exchanged pursuant to Section 2.6(f) shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Depository shall instruct the Warrant Agent,
provided that the aggregate number of Warrants represented by such registered certificates shall be equal to the aggregate number of Warrants represented by the Global Warrant Certificate(s) so exchanged. Upon exchange of a Global Warrant
Certificate for one or more certificates in definitive form, such Global Warrant Certificate shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. 
 (h) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the terms of the certificates to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent nor any agent thereof shall have any responsibility or liability for:
(i) the records maintained by the Depository relating to any ownership interests or any other interests in the Warrants or the depository system maintained by the Depository, or payments made on account of any ownership interest or any other
interest of any person in any Warrant represented by any Global Warrant Certificate (other than the applicable Depository or its nominee); (ii) maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depository or any participant/broker
relating to any such interest; or (iii) any advice or representation made or given by the Depository or those contained herein that relate to the rules and regulations of the Depository or any action to be taken by the Depository on its own
direction or at the direction of any participant/broker. 
 Section 2.7 Transfer of Warrants. (a) A Warrant holder
may transfer their Warrants in the manner and subject to the terms set out in the Warrants. Each Warrant holder, by its acceptance of the Warrants, will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed to the restrictions on the transfer of Warrants set
out therein and in this Agreement. 
 (b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company
will, on the advice of counsel, acting reasonably, be entitled, and may direct the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent will, at the direction of the Company, acting reasonably, or otherwise on the advice of counsel, be entitled to refuse to
recognize and transfer, or enter the name of any transferee of any Warrant on the register if such transfer would constitute a violation of the securities laws of any jurisdiction. 

  
 5 

 Section 2.8 Registers for Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall keep a register of
Warrant holders in which shall be entered the names and addresses of the holders of the Warrants and of the number of Warrants held by each of them. 
 Section 2.9 Ownership of Warrants. The Company and the Warrant Agent shall treat the registered holder of any Global Warrant Certificate as the absolute owner of the Warrant represented thereby for
all purposes and the Company and the Warrant Agent shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. 

ARTICLE III 
 TERMS AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS 
 Sections 3.1 Terms and Exercise of
Warrants. (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms and provisions of the Warrants shall govern the method of exercise, registration, transfers and exchanges and all other terms and provisions of the Warrants.

 (b) The Company shall deliver to the Warrant Agent, or as the Warrant Agent may further direct, any Warrants and related
documentation that are delivered to the Company by any holder thereof for the purpose of exercise. 
 (c) The Warrant Agent
shall: 
 (i) examine all notice of exercise of the Warrants in substantially the form as attached as Exhibit A of the
Warrant (the “Exercise Notices”) and all other documents delivered to it by or on behalf of Warrant holders as contemplated hereunder to ascertain whether or not, on their face, such Exercise Notices and any such other documents
have been executed and completed in accordance with their terms and the terms hereof; 
 (ii) where an Exercise Notice or other
document appears on its face to have been improperly completed or executed or some other irregularity in connection with the exercise of the Warrants exists, inform the appropriate parties (including the person submitting such instrument) of the
need for fulfillment of all requirements, specifying those requirements which appear to be unfulfilled; 
 (iii) inform the
Company of and cooperate with and assist the Company in resolving any reconciliation problems between Exercise Notices received and the delivery of Warrants to the Warrant Agent; 

(iv) upon request of the Company, advise the Company of (A) the receipt of such Exercise Notice and the number of Warrants exercised
in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (B) the instructions with respect to delivery of shares of New Common Stock underlying the Warrants deliverable upon such exercise, subject to timely receipt from the Depositary of
the necessary information, and (C) such other information as the Company shall reasonably require; and 

  
 6 

 (v) subject to the shares of New Common Stock being made available to the Warrant Agent by
or on behalf of the Company for delivery to the Depositary, liaise with the Depositary and endeavor to effect such delivery to the relevant accounts at the Depositary in accordance with its customary requirements. 

(d) The Warrant Agent shall promptly account to the Company with respect to all Warrants exercised, in whole or in part, and shall
promptly forward to the Company (or into an account or accounts of the Company with the bank or trust company designated by the Company for that purpose) all monies received by the Warrant Agent on the purchase of shares through the exercise of
Warrants. All such monies and any securities or other instruments from time to time received by the Warrant Agent shall be received in trust for, and shall be segregated and kept apart by the Warrant Agent from the assets of the Warrant Agent in
trust for, the Company. 
 (e) The Warrant Agent shall record the particulars of all Warrants exercised, which shall include the
names and addresses of the persons who become holders of shares on such exercise, the Exercise Date, the Exercise Price and the number of shares delivered from the shares reserved for that purpose by the Company. The Warrant Agent shall provide such
particulars in writing to the Company as soon as reasonably possible after each Exercise Date. 
 (f) The Company reserves the
right to reasonably reject any and all Exercise Notices not in proper form or for which any corresponding agreement by the Company to exchange would, in the opinion of the Company, be unlawful. Such determination by the Company shall be final and
binding on the holders of the Warrants, absent manifest error. Moreover, the Company reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions to the exercise of Warrants or defects in Exercise Notices with regard to any particular exercise of
Warrants. Except as provided in Section 3.1(c)(ii), neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be under any duty to give notice to the holders of the Warrants of any irregularities in any exercise of Warrants, nor shall it incur any
liability for the failure to give such notice. 
 ARTICLE IV 

ADJUSTMENTS 
 Section 4.1 Adjustment of Number of Units Purchasable Upon Exercise. The subscription rights in effect at any date attaching to the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
pursuant to the terms of the Warrants. 
 Section 4.2 Notice of Adjustment. At least 20 calendar days prior to the
effective date or record date, as the case may be, of any event which requires or might require an adjustment in any of the purchase rights pursuant to any of the then outstanding Warrants, including the number of shares which are purchasable upon
the exercise thereof, the Company shall: 

  
 7 

 (i) file with the Warrant Agent a certificate of the Company specifying the particulars of
such event and, if determinable, the required adjustment and the computation of such adjustment; and 
 (ii) give notice to the
Warrant holders of the particulars of such event and, if determinable, the required adjustment, as provided for in the terms of the Warrants. 

Sectuib 4.3 Protection of Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent: 
 (a) shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Warrant holder to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment contemplated, or with respect to the nature or
extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same; 
 (b) shall not be
accountable with respect to the validity, value, kind or amount of any shares or of any other securities or property, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exercise of the rights attaching to any Warrant; 

(c) shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to make any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver shares or
certificates for the same upon the surrender of any Warrants for the purpose of the exercise of such rights; and 
 (d) shall not
incur any liability or responsibility whatsoever or be in any way responsible for the consequences of any breach on the part of the Company of any of the representations, warranties or covenants herein contained or of any acts of the Company.

 ARTICLE V 
 MEETINGS OF HOLDERS 
 Section 5.1 Right to Convene Meetings. The
Warrant Agent may at any time and from time to time, and shall on receipt of a written request of the Company or of a Holders’ Request and upon being indemnified and funded to its reasonable satisfaction by the Company or by the Warrant holders
signing such Holders’ Request against the cost which may be incurred in connection with the calling and holding of such meeting, convene a meeting of the Warrant holders. In the event of the Warrant Agent failing to so convene a meeting within
seven calendar days after receipt of such written request of the Company or such Holders’ Request and indemnity and funding given as aforesaid, the Company or such Warrant holders, as the case may be, may convene such meeting. Every such
meeting shall be held in Toronto, Ontario, or at such other place as may be approved or determined by the Warrant Agent. 

  
 8 

 Section 5.2 Notice. At least 21 calendar days’ prior notice of any meeting of
Warrant holders shall be given to the Warrant holders in the manner provided for in the Warrant and a copy of such notice shall be delivered to the Warrant Agent (unless the meeting has been called by the Warrant Agent) and to the Company (unless
the meeting has been called by the Company). Such notice shall state the time when and the place where the meeting is to be held, shall state briefly the general nature of the business to be transacted thereat and shall contain such information as
is reasonably necessary to enable the Warrant holders to make a reasoned decision on the matter, but it shall not be necessary for any such notice to set out the terms of any resolution to be proposed or any of the provisions of this Article V. The
notice convening any such meeting may be signed by an appropriate officer of the Warrant Agent or of the Company, or, in the event the meeting is being convened by the Warrant holders, by the person or persons designated by such Warrant holders, as
the case may be. 
 Section 5.3 Chairman. An individual (who need not be a Warrant holder) designated in writing by the
Warrant Agent shall be chairman of the meeting and if no individual is so designated, or if the individual so designated is not present within 15 minutes from the time fixed for the holding of the meeting, the Warrant holders present in person or by
proxy shall choose an individual present to be chairman. 
 Section 5.4 Quorum. Subject to the provisions of
Section 5.11 at any meeting of the Warrant holders a quorum shall consist of Warrant holders present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to acquire at least 50.1% of the aggregate number of shares which could be acquired pursuant to
all of the then outstanding Warrants provided that at least two persons entitled to vote thereat are personally present. If a quorum of the Warrant holders shall not be present within 30 minutes from the time fixed for holding any meeting, the
meeting, if summoned by Warrant holders or on a Holders’ Request, shall be dissolved; but in any other case the meeting shall be adjourned to such Business Day being not more than 14 days later than such date and to such place and time as may
be determined by the chairman of the meeting. Any business may be brought before or dealt with at an adjourned meeting which might have been dealt with at the original meeting in accordance with the notice calling the same. No business shall be
transacted at any meeting unless a quorum be present at the commencement of business. 
 Section 5.5 Power to Adjourn.
The chairman of any meeting at which a quorum of the Warrant holders is present may adjourn any such meeting, and no notice of such adjournment need be given except such notice, if any, as the meeting may prescribe. 

Section 5.6 Show of Hands. Every question submitted to a meeting shall be decided in the first place by a majority of the votes
given on a show of hands, except that votes on an extraordinary resolution shall be given in the manner hereinafter provided. At any such meeting, unless a poll is duly demanded as herein provided, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has
been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or lost or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact. 

  
 9 

 Section 5.7 Poll and Voting. (a) On every extraordinary resolution, and on any
other question submitted to a meeting and after a vote by show of hands, when demanded by the chairman or by one or more of the Warrant holders acting in person or by proxy, a poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman shall direct.
Questions other than those required to be determined by extraordinary resolution shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the poll. 
 (b) On a show of hands, every person who is present and entitled to vote, whether as a Warrant holder or as proxy for one or more absent Warrant holders, or both, shall have one vote. On a poll, each
Warrant holder present in person or represented by a proxy duly appointed by instrument in writing shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Warrant which such person (or the Warrant holder appointing him as proxy) is entitled to acquire
pursuant to the Warrant or Warrants then held or represented by it. A proxy need not be a Warrant holder. The chairman of any meeting shall be entitled, both on a show of hands and on a poll, to vote in respect of the Warrants, if any, held or
represented by him. 
 Section 5.8 Regulations. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Warrant Agent, or the
Company with the approval of the Warrant Agent, may from time to time make and from time to time vary such regulations as the Warrant Agent, or the Company with the approval of the Warrant Agent, shall think fit for: 

(a) the setting of the record date for a meeting for the purpose of determining Warrant holders entitled to receive notice of and to vote
at the meeting; 
 (b) the issue of voting certificates by any bank, trust company or other depositary satisfactory to the
Warrant Agent stating that the Global Warrant Certificates specified therein have been deposited with it by a named person and will remain on deposit until after the meeting, which voting certificate shall entitle the persons named therein to be
present and vote at any such meeting and at any adjournment thereof or to appoint a proxy or proxies to represent them and vote for them at any such meeting and at any adjournment thereof in the same manner and with the same effect as though the
persons so named in such voting certificates were the actual bearers of the Global Warrant Certificates specified therein; 
 (c)
the deposit of voting certificates and instruments appointing proxies at such place and time as the Warrant Agent, the Company or the Warrant holders convening the meeting, as the case may be, may in the notice convening the meeting direct;

 (d) the deposit of voting certificates and instruments appointing proxies at some approved place or places other than the
place at which the meeting is to be held and enabling particulars of such instruments appointing proxies to be mailed or sent by facsimile before the meeting to the Company or to the Warrant Agent at the place where the same is to be held and for
the voting of proxies so deposited as though the instruments themselves were produced at the meeting; 

  
 10 

 (e) the form of the instrument of proxy; and 

(f) generally for the calling of meetings of Warrant holders and the conduct of business thereat. 

(g) Any regulations so made shall be binding and effective and the votes given in accordance therewith shall be valid and shall be
counted. Save as such regulations may provide, the only persons who shall be recognized at any meeting as a Warrant holder, or be entitled to vote or be present at the meeting in respect thereof, shall be Warrant holders or their counsel, or persons
holding proxies of Warrant holders. 
 Section 5.9 Company and Warrant Agent May be Represented. The Company and the
Warrant Agent may attend and speak at any meeting of the Warrant holders, but shall not have the right to vote as such thereat. 

Section 5.10 Powers Exercisable by Extraordinary Resolution. In addition to all other powers conferred upon them by any other
provisions of this Agreement or by applicable law, the Warrant holders at a meeting shall, subject to the provisions of Section 5.11 and Section 5.15 and subject to exchange approval, have the power, exercisable from time to time by
extraordinary resolution to: 
 (a) agree to any modification, abrogation, alteration, compromise or arrangement adverse to the
rights of Warrant holders or the Warrant Agent in its capacity as Warrant Agent hereunder or on behalf of the Warrant holders against the Company whether such rights arise under this Agreement or the Global Warrant Certificates or otherwise;

 (b) amend, alter or repeal any extraordinary resolution previously passed or sanctioned by the Warrant holders; 

(c) direct or to authorize the Warrant Agent to enforce any of the covenants on the part of the Company contained in this Agreement or the
Global Warrant Certificates or to enforce any of the rights of the Warrant holders in any manner specified in such extraordinary resolution or to refrain from enforcing any such covenant or right; 

(d) waive, and to direct the Warrant Agent to waive, any default on the part of the Company in complying with any provisions of this
Agreement or the Global Warrant Certificates either unconditionally or upon any conditions specified in such extraordinary resolution; 
 (e) restrain any Holder from taking or instituting any suit, action or proceeding against the Company for the enforcement of any of the covenants on the part of the Company in this Agreement or the Global
Warrant Certificates or to enforce any of the rights of the Warrant holders; 

  
 11 

 (f) direct any Warrant holder who, as such, has brought any suit, action or proceeding to
stay or to discontinue or otherwise to deal with the same upon payment of the costs, charges and expenses reasonably and properly incurred by such Warrant holder in connection therewith; 

(g) assent to any change in or omission from the provisions contained in the Global Warrant Certificates and this Agreement or any
ancillary or supplemental instrument which may be agreed to by the Company, and to authorize the Warrant Agent to concur in and execute any ancillary or supplemental agreement embodying the change or omission; 

(h) remove the Warrant Agent or its successor in office and to appoint a new Warrant Agent or Warrant Agents to take the place of the
Warrant Agent so removed, all with the consent of the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; and 
 (i) assent to
any compromise or arrangement with any creditor or creditors or any class or classes of creditors, whether secured or otherwise, and with holders of any Shares or other securities of the Company. 

Section 5.11 Meaning of Extraordinary Resolution. (a) The expression “extraordinary resolution” when used in this
Agreement means, subject as hereinafter provided in this Section 5.11 and in Section 5.14, a resolution proposed at a meeting of Warrant holders duly convened for that purpose and held in accordance with the provisions of this Article V at
which there are present in person or by proxy Warrant holders entitled to acquire at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate number of shares which could be acquired pursuant to all of the then outstanding Warrants, and passed by the affirmative votes of
Warrant holders entitled to acquire not less than 66 2/3% of the aggregate number of shares which could be acquired pursuant to all of the then outstanding Warrants represented at the meeting and voted on the poll upon such resolution. 

(b) If, at the meeting at which an extraordinary resolution is to be considered, Warrant holders entitled to acquire at least 66 2/3% of
the aggregate number of shares which could be acquired pursuant to all of the then outstanding Warrants are not present in person or by proxy within 30 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, then the meeting, if convened by Warrant
holders or on a Holders’ Request, shall be dissolved; but in any other case it shall be adjourned to such Business Day being not more than 14 days later than such date and to such place and time as may be determined by the chairman of the
meeting. 
 (c) Votes on an extraordinary resolution shall always be given on a poll and no demand for a poll on an extraordinary
resolution shall be necessary. 
 Section 5.12 Powers Cumulative. Any one or more of the powers or any combination of the
powers in this Agreement stated to be exercisable by the Warrant holders by extraordinary resolution or otherwise may be exercised from time to time and the exercise of any one or more of such powers or any combination of powers from time to time
shall not be deemed to exhaust the right of the Warrant holders to exercise such power or powers or combination of powers then or thereafter from time to time. 

  
 12 

 Section 5.13 Minutes. Minutes of all resolutions and proceedings at every meeting of
Warrant holders shall be made and duly entered in books to be provided from time to time for that purpose by the Company, and any such minutes as aforesaid, if signed by the chairman or the secretary of the meeting at which such resolutions were
passed or proceedings had shall be prima facie evidence of the matters therein stated and, until the contrary is proved, every such meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes shall have been made shall be deemed to have been duly
convened and held, and all resolutions passed thereat or proceedings taken shall be deemed to have been duly passed and taken. 

Section 5.14 Instruments in Writing. All actions which may be taken and all powers that may be exercised by the Warrant holders at
a meeting held as provided in this Article V may also be taken and exercised by Warrant holders entitled to acquire at least, in the case of all resolutions except extraordinary resolutions, 50.1% of the aggregate number of shares which could be
acquired pursuant to all of the then outstanding Warrants or, in the case of extraordinary resolutions, 66 2/3% of the aggregate number of shares which could be acquired pursuant to all of the then outstanding Warrants by an instrument in writing
signed in one or more counterparts by such Warrant holders in person or by attorney duly appointed in writing where notice of the existence of such instrument has been given to all Warrant holders, and the expression “resolution” or
“extraordinary resolution”, as applicable, when used in this Agreement shall include an instrument so signed. 

Section 5.15 Binding Effect of Resolutions. Every resolution and every extraordinary resolution passed in accordance with the
provisions of this Article V at a meeting of Warrant holders shall be binding upon all the Warrant holders, whether present at or absent from such meeting, and every instrument in writing signed by Warrant holders shall be binding upon all the
Warrant holders, whether signatories thereto or not, and each and every Warrant holder and the Warrant Agent (subject to the provisions for indemnity herein contained) shall be bound to give effect accordingly to every such resolution and instrument
in writing. In the case of an instrument in writing, the Warrant Agent shall give notice of the effect of the instrument in writing to all Warrant holders and the Company as soon as reasonably practicable. For greater certainty, a resolution or
extraordinary resolution amending the terms of this Agreement or of a Global Warrant Certificate shall not be binding upon the Company unless the Company agrees in writing to such amendment. 

Section 5.16 Holdings by Company Disregarded. In determining whether Warrant holders holding Warrants evidencing the entitlement
to acquire the required number of shares are present at a meeting of Warrant holders for the purpose of determining a quorum or have concurred in any consent, waiver, extraordinary resolution, Holders’ Request or other action under this
Agreement, Warrants owned legally or beneficially 

  
 13 

 
by the Company shall be disregarded. “Holders’ Request” means an instrument signed in one or more counterparts by Warrant holders entitled to acquire in the aggregate not less than
25% of the aggregate number of shares that could be acquired pursuant to all of the then outstanding Warrants under this Agreement, requesting the Warrant Agent to take some action or proceeding specified therein. 

ARTICLE VI 

COVENANTS 

Section 6.1 General Covenants. The Company covenants and agrees as follows: 

(a) All shares that are issued upon the exercise of the Warrants shall, upon issuance, be validly issued, not subject to any preemptive
rights (other than those granted in favor of the shareholders of the Company as set forth in the Articles), and be free from all taxes, liens, security interests, charges, and other encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof, other than taxes
in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue. 
 (b) The Company shall at all times keep available and
free from preemptive rights (other than those granted in favor of the shareholders of the Company as set forth in the Articles), a sufficient number of shares to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by the Warrants. 

(c) Subject to the provision of the Warrants, the Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles through any reorganization, transfer of
assets, spin off, consolidation, merger, amalgamation dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other action or inaction, seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of the Warrants. 

(d) The Company will duly and punctually perform and carry out all of the acts or things to be done by it as provided in this Agreement.

 Section 6.2 Warrant Agent’s Remuneration and Expenses. The Company covenants that it will pay to the Warrant
Agent from time to time reasonable remuneration for its services hereunder and will pay or reimburse the Warrant Agent upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Warrant Agent in the
administration or execution of the trusts hereby created (including the reasonable compensation and the disbursements of its counsel and all other advisers and assistants not regularly in its employ) both before any default hereunder and thereafter
until all duties of the Warrant Agent hereunder shall be finally and fully performed, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise out of or result from the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Any
amount due under this Section 6.2 shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the current rate charged by the Warrant Agent from time to time from 30 days after the Warrant Agent shall have made a request for payment. This Section 6.2
shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Warrant Agent. 

  
 14 

 Section 6.3 Performance of Covenants by Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to
perform any of its covenants contained in this Agreement, the Warrant Agent may notify the Warrant holders of such failure on the part of the Company or may itself perform any of the covenants capable of being performed by it but, subject to
Section 8.2, shall be under no obligation to perform said covenants or to notify the Warrant holders of such performance by it. All sums expended or advanced by the Warrant Agent in so doing shall be repayable as provided in Section 6.2.
No such performance, expenditure or advance by the Warrant Agent shall relieve the Company of any default hereunder or of its continuing obligations under the covenants herein contained. 

ARTICLE VII 
 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS 
 Section 7.1 Provision for Supplementals for
Certain Purposes. From time to time the Company and the Warrant Agent may, without obtaining any approval of or consent from the Warrant holders, but subject to the provisions of this Agreement and they shall, when so directed in accordance with
the provisions hereof, execute and deliver by their proper officers, instruments supplemental hereto, which thereafter shall form part hereof, for any one or more or all of the following purposes: 

(a) setting forth any adjustments resulting from the application of the provisions of Article IV; 

(b) giving effect to any extraordinary resolution passed by the Warrant holders, as provided in Article V; 

(c) making provision for the exchange of certificates and making any modification in the form of the certificates which does not affect
the substance thereof; and 
 (d) making such provisions not inconsistent with this Agreement as may be necessary with respect to
matters or questions arising hereunder, provided that such provisions are not, in the opinion of the Warrant Agent based on an opinion of outside counsel of nationally recognized standing, prejudicial to the interests of the Warrant holders; and

 (e) the correction or rectification of any ambiguities, defective or inconsistent provisions, manifest errors, manifest
mistakes or omissions herein, provided that in the opinion of the Warrant Agent based on an opinion of outside counsel of nationally recognized standing, the rights of the Warrant Agent and of the Warrant holders are in no way prejudiced thereby.

  
 15 

 ARTICLE VIII 
 CONCERNING THE WARRANT AGENT AND OTHER MATTERS 
 Section 8.1 Compliance
with Applicable Law. If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement limits, qualifies or conflicts with the applicable law governing this Agreement, such law shall apply. The Company and the Warrant Agent agree that each will, at all
times in connection with this Agreement and in fulfillment of its obligations hereunder, comply with the applicable laws governing this Agreement, and be entitled to the rights and benefits provided under such laws. 

Section 8.2 Rights and Duties of Warrant Agent. (a) In the exercise of the rights and duties contained in this Agreement, the
Warrant Agent shall act in good faith and in the best interests of the Warrant holders and shall exercise that degree of care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent warrant agent would exercise in comparable circumstances. No provision in
this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Warrant Agent from liability for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. 
 (b) Subject to Section 8.2(a), the Warrant Agent shall be under no obligation to institute any action, suit or legal proceeding or to take any other action likely to involve expense unless the
Company or one or more Warrant holders shall furnish the Warrant Agent with security and indemnity satisfactory to it for any costs and expenses which may be incurred, but this provision shall not affect the power of the Warrant Agent to take such
action as it may consider proper, whether with or without any such security or indemnity. No provision of this Agreement shall require the Warrant Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of
any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights. 
 Section 8.3 Evidence, Experts and Advisers. (a) In
addition to the reports, certificates, opinions and other evidence required by this Agreement, the Company shall furnish to the Warrant Agent such additional evidence of compliance with any provision of this Agreement, and in such form, as may be
prescribed by law or as the Warrant Agent may reasonably require by written notice to the Company. 
 (b) In the absence of bad
faith on its part, the Warrant Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, resolutions or opinions furnished to the Warrant Agent and conforming to the
requirements of this Agreement. The Warrant Agent shall incur no liability or responsibility to the Company or to any holder for any action taken in reliance on any Global Warrant Certificate, certificate of shares, notice, resolution, waiver,
consent, order, certificate, or other paper, document or instrument (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties, except as a result of its gross
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. 
 (c) The Warrant Agent may employ or retain such counsel, accountants, appraisers
or other experts or advisers as it may reasonably require for the purpose of discharging its duties hereunder and may pay reasonable remuneration for all services so performed by any of them, payable by the Company in accordance with
Section 6.2, without taxation of costs of any counsel, and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such experts or advisers who have been appointed with due care by the

  
 16 

 
Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may act, or not act, and shall be protected in acting, or not acting, in good faith on the opinion or advice of or information obtained from any counsel,
accountant or other expert or advisor, whether retained or employed by the Company or the Warrant Agent, in relation to any matter arising in relation to this Agreement. 
 Section 8.4 Documents, Monies, Etc. Held by Warrant Agent. Any monies, securities, documents of title or other instruments that may at any time be held by the Warrant Agent subject to the trusts
hereof may be placed in the deposit vaults of the Warrant Agent or of any Canadian chartered bank listed in Schedule I of the Bank Act (Canada) or deposited for safekeeping with any such bank. Any monies so held pending the application or withdrawal
thereof under any provisions of this Agreement upon the direction of the Company, shall be or, with the consent of the Company, may be invested in securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Canada or a province thereof, any Canadian
chartered bank listed in Schedule I of the Bank Act (Canada), or the Warrant Agent, provided that the securities shall not have a maturity date of more than sixty (60) days from the date of investment. Unless otherwise specifically provided
herein, all interest or other income received by the Warrant Agent in respect of such deposits and investments shall belong to the Company. 
 Section 8.5 Actions by Warrant Agent to Protect Interest. Subject to the provisions of Agreement and applicable law, the Warrant Agent shall have power to institute and to maintain such actions and
proceedings as it may consider necessary or expedient to preserve, protect or enforce its interests and the interests of the registered holders. 
 Section 8.6 Warrant Agent Not Required to Give Security. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to give any bond or security in respect of the execution of the rights and obligations of this
Agreement. 
 Section 8.7 Protection of Warrant Agent. The Company and the Warrant Agent hereby agree as follows:

 (a) the statements contained herein and in the Global Warrant Certificates shall be taken as statements of the Company and the
Warrant Agent assumes no responsibility for the correctness of any of the same except such as describe the Warrant Agent or action taken or to be taken by it; 
 (b) nothing contained in this Agreement shall impose any obligation on the Warrant Agent to see to or to require evidence of the registration or filing (or renewal thereof) of this Agreement or any
instrument ancillary or supplemental hereto; and 
 (c) the Warrant Agent shall not be bound to give notice to any person or
persons of the execution of this Agreement. 

  
 17 

 Section 8.8 Indemnity. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent, its
officers, directors, employee and agents, and save them harmless against any and all liabilities, claims, damages, including, but not limited to, judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, of whatever kind or nature, for anything done or omitted
by the Warrant Agent in connection with its acting as Warrant Agent hereunder, except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be responsible for
any settlement made without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. No provision in this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Warrant Agent from liability for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad
faith. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Warrant Trustee. 

Section 8.9 Replacement of Warrant Agent; Successor by Merger. (a) The Warrant Agent may at any time resign as Warrant Agent
upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company. If the Warrant Agent shall become incapable of acting as Warrant Agent, the Company shall appoint a successor to such Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a
period of 30 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or of such incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the beneficial holder of the Warrants, then the beneficial holder of any Warrant or the Warrant Agent may apply, at the
expense of the Company, to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor to the Warrant Agent. Pending appointment of a successor to such Warrant Agent, either by the Company or by such a court, the duties of the Warrant
Agent shall be carried out by the Company. Such successor to the Warrant Agent need not be approved by the former Warrant Agent. After appointment the successor to the Warrant Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and
responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Warrant Agent without further act or deed; but the former Warrant Agent upon payment of all fees and expenses due it and its agents and counsel shall deliver and transfer to the successor to the
Warrant Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 8.9, however, or any defect
therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the appointment of a successor to the Warrant Agent. 
 (b) Upon the
appointment of a successor Warrant Agent, the Company shall promptly notify the Warrant holders thereof in the manner provided for in this Agreement. 
 (c) Any corporation into or with which the Warrant Agent may be merged or consolidated or amalgamated, or any corporation resulting therefrom to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Warrant Agent shall be the successor to the Warrant Agent hereunder without any further act on its part or any of the parties hereto, provided that such corporation would be eligible for
appointment as a successor Warrant Agent under Section 8.9(a). 
 (d) Any Global Warrant Certificates countersigned but not
delivered by a predecessor Warrant Agent may be countersigned by the successor Warrant Agent in the name of the successor Warrant Agent. 

  
 18 

 Section 8.10 Conflict of Interest. (a) The Warrant Agent represents to the
Company that, to the best of its knowledge, at the time of execution and delivery hereof no material conflict of interest exists between its role as a Warrant Agent hereunder and its role in any other capacity and agrees that in the event of a
material conflict of interest arising hereafter it will, within 60 days after ascertaining that it has such material conflict of interest, either eliminate the same or assign its rights and obligations hereunder to a successor Warrant Agent approved
by the Company and meeting the requirements set forth in Section 8.9(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.10(a), if any such material conflict of interest exists or hereafter shall exist, the validity and
enforceability of this Agreement shall not be affected in any manner whatsoever by reason thereof. 
 (b) The Warrant Agent, and
any stockholder, director, officer or employee of it, may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrants or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or
lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

 Section 8.11 Anti-Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing. (a) The Company hereby represents to the Warrant
Agent that any account to be opened by, or interest to held by, the Warrant Agent in connection with this Agreement, for or to the credit of the Company is not intended to be used by or on behalf of any third party. 

(b) The Warrant Agent shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or
for any other reason whatsoever, the Warrant Agent, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further,
should the Warrant Agent, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Agreement has resulted in it being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or antiterrorist legislation, regulation or guideline,
then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.9, the Warrant Agent shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ written notice to the Company, provided (i) that the Warrant Agent’s written notice shall describe the
circumstances of such non-compliance; and (ii) that if such circumstances are rectified to the Warrant Agent’s satisfaction within such 10 day period, then such resignation shall not be effective. 

Section 8.12 Privacy. The parties acknowledge that federal and/or provincial legislation that addresses the protection of
individuals’ personal information (collectively, “Privacy Laws”) applies to obligations and activities under this Agreement. Despite any other provision of this Agreement, neither party shall take or direct any action that
would contravene, or cause the other to contravene, applicable Privacy Laws. The Company shall, prior to transferring or causing to be transferred personal information to the Warrant Agent, obtain and retain required consents of the relevant
individuals to the collection, use and disclosure of their personal information, or shall have determined that such consents either have previously been given upon which the parties can rely or are not required under the Privacy Laws. The Warrant
Agent shall use commercially 

  
 19 

 
reasonable efforts to ensure that its services hereunder comply with Privacy Laws. Specifically, the Warrant Agent agrees: (a) to have a designated chief privacy officer; (b) to
maintain policies and procedures to protect personal information and to receive and respond to any privacy complaint or inquiry; (c) to use personal information solely for the purposes of providing its services under or ancillary to this
Agreement and not to use it for any other purpose except with the consent of or direction from the corporation or the individual involved; (d) not to sell or otherwise improperly disclose personal information to any third party; and (e) to
employ administrative, physical and technological safeguards to reasonably secure and protect personal information against loss, theft, or unauthorized access, use or modification. 

Section 8.13 Acceptance of Agency. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform
the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and, among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for and pay to the Company all moneys received by the Warrant Agent
upon the exercise of the Warrants. 
 Section 8.14 Warrant Agent Not to be Appointed Receiver. The Warrant Agent and any
person related to the Warrant Agent shall not be appointed a receiver, a receiver and manager or liquidator of all or any part of the assets or undertaking of the Company. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

Section 9.1 Binding Effects; Benefits. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and the
Warrant Agent and their successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any person other than the Company and the Warrant Agent any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by
reason of this Agreement. 
 Section 9.2 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or which may be given
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified or registered mail, by private national courier service (return receipt requested, postage prepaid), by personal delivery, by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail. Such notice or
communication shall be deemed given (a) if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, (b) if sent by national courier service, one Business Day after being sent, (c) if delivered personally, when so delivered, or (d) if sent by
facsimile transmission or electronic mail, on the Business Day after such facsimile electronic mail is transmitted, in each case as follows: 

  
 20 

 if to the Warrant Agent, to: 

Computershare Trust Company of Canada 

100 University Ave., 8th Floor 
 Toronto, ON M5J 2Y1 
 Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust

 Facsimile: (416) 981-9777 

Electronic Mail: Michelle.Mendonca@computershare.com 

if to the Company, to: 
 Masonite Worldwide Holdings Inc. 
 One North Dale Mabry Highway

 Suite 950 
 Tampa, FL 33609 
 Attention: General Counsel 

Facsimile: (813) 769-0997 
 Electronic Mail: mmclark@masonite.com 
 with a copies to:

 Kirkland & Ellis LLP 

601 Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10022-4611 
 Attention: Christian O. Nagler

                  Joshua
Korff 
 Facsimile: (212) 446-4900 

Electronic Mail: christian.nagler@kirkland.com and joshua.korff@kirkland.com 

Goodmans LLP 250 
 Yonge Street, Suite 2400 
 Toronto, ON M5B 2M6 

Attention: Celia Rhea 
                  Brenda Gosselin 

Facsimile: 416.979.1234 
 Electronic Mail: crhea@goodmans.ca and bgosselin@goodmans.ca 
 Section 9.3
Persons Having Rights under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other
than the parties hereto, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this
Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, their successors and assigns and the registered holders of the Warrants. 

  
 21 

 Section 9.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or
facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 

Section 9.5 Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall
not affect the interpretation hereof. 
 Section 9.6 Currency. Except as otherwise stated, all dollar amounts herein are
expressed in U.S. Dollars. 
 Section 9.7 Day Not a Business Day. In the event that any day on which any action is
required or permitted to be taken hereunder is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required or permitted to be taken on or before the requisite time on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day. For the purposes of this Agreement the
term “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a statutory holiday in Toronto, Ontario. 

Section 9.8 Amendments (a). (a) Subject to Section 9.8(b) below, this Agreement may not be amended except in writing
signed by both parties hereto. 
 (b) The Company and the Warrant Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement
without the approval of any holders of Warrants in accordance with Section 7.1. Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms
of Section 7.1, the Warrant Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. 
 Section 9.9 Integration/Entire
Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Warrants, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the Company and the Warrant
Agent in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein, with respect to the Warrants. This Agreement and the Warrants supersede all
prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 

  
 22 

 Section 9.10 Governing Law, Etc. This Agreement and each Warrant issued hereunder,
and all claims arising out of or in connection therewith, or relating to the subject matter hereof, shall be governed by and construed 
 in
accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the Province of British Columbia without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 Section 9.11 Termination. This Agreement will terminate when all Warrants have been exercised or cancelled or upon
notice by the Warrant Agent or the Company to the other party. 
 Section 9.12 Waiver of Trial by Jury. TO THE EXTENT NOT
PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED AND SUBJECT TO EQUITABLE PRINCIPLES, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN
RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR
INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 9.12 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT
UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 9.12 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF
EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. 
 Section 9.13 Counterparts. This Warrant Agreement may be
executed in one or more original or facsimile or electronically transmitted counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties
and delivered to the other parties. 
 Section 9.14 Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained herein or in the Warrants, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provisions in every other respect and of the remaining provisions
contained herein and therein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
 [Signature Page Follows] 

  
 23 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the
day and year first above written. 
  

					
	MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Matthew Clark
		 	Name:	  	Matthew Clark
		 	Title:	  	Senior Vice President, General Counsel
		 		  	and Corporate Secretary

 
			
	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
		
	By:	 	/s/ Michelle Mendonca
		 	Name: Michelle Mendonca
		 	Title:   Professional, Corporate Trust

  

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Patricia Wakelin
		 	Name: Patricia Wakelin
		 	Title:   Professional, Corporate Trust

 EXHIBIT A 

 Execution Copy 
 THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT ARE TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, MADE AS OF JUNE 9, 2009 TO WHICH THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS
ARE PARTIES AND THE ARTICLES OF THE COMPANY, AND ANY HOLDER OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY (WHETHER ACQUIRED UPON ISSUANCE OR TRANSFER) SHALL BE, AND BE DEEMED TO BE A PARTY TO AND BOUND BY THAT AGREEMENT AND THE ARTICLES OF THE COMPANY. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR WARRANTS IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE
DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) SHALL ACT AS THE DEPOSITORY UNTIL A SUCCESSOR SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COMPANY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE
COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 SO LONG AS THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC., AND/OR ANY
OF THEIR NOMINEES IS THE REGISTERED OWNER OF ANY WARRANTS, UNLESS (I) THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY PROVIDES OTHERWISE OR (II) A PUBLIC OFFERING OF SHARES HAS OCCURRED, OWNERS OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN SUCH WARRANTS WILL NOT BE
ENTITLED TO HAVE SUCH WARRANTS REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES. 
 ALL REFERENCES IN THIS WARRANT TO THE HOLDER OR OWNER OF THIS WARRANT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO ALSO REFER TO THE HOLDER OR OWNER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS WARRANT. 

			
	Warrant No.            	  	Void after June 9, 2014

 MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC. 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES 
 This WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES (this “Warrant”) is issued to Cede & Co. (the “Holder”), by Masonite Worldwide Holdings Inc., a corporation continued under the
laws of British Columbia (the “Company”). 
 1. Purchase of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth, the Holder is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder hereof in writing), to purchase from the Company up to 3,333,334
fully paid and nonassessable Shares as such term is defined in Section 4(o), subject to adjustments in accordance with the terms of this Warrant (as so adjusted, the “Warrant Shares”). 

2. Exercise Price. The exercise price for the Warrant Shares shall be $55.31 per Share, subject to adjustments in accordance with
the terms of this Warrant (as so adjusted, the “Exercise Price”). 
 3. Exercise Period. Subject to the
provisions of Section 6, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the term commencing on the date hereof and ending on the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 16 hereof. 

4. Definitions. 
 (a) 1934 Act. The term “1934 Act” shall mean the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.

 (b) Affiliate. The term “Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. 
 (c) Appraiser. The term “Appraiser” shall mean a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm in the U.S. or Canada. 

(d) Articles. The term “Articles” shall mean, collectively, the Notice of Articles and the Articles of
the Company. 
 (e) Change of Control Transaction. The term “Change of Control Transaction”
shall mean a transaction that is a Drag-Along Sale as defined in the Articles, as in effect on the date hereof, and which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include a sale or merger of the Company, approved by the board and by holders of Shares
holding at least 50% of the then issued and outstanding Shares. 

  
 -2-

 (f) Control. The term “control” shall mean the possession,
direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 

(g) Exercise Date. The term “Exercise Date” shall mean the date on which the Warrant is exercised
pursuant to Section 5, including payment of the Exercise Price thereof pursuant to Section 5. 
 (h) Fair
Market Value. The term “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (A) in the case of an Extraordinary Distribution (as such term is defined in Section 10(c)), the fair market value of any securities or
assets paid, distributed or acquired, as the case may be, (B) in the case of Section 5(b) and Section 6, the fair market value of the Warrant Shares and the Warrants, respectively, which shall be determined based on such factors as
the Person making such determination shall consider relevant, including without limitation (v) the aggregate fair market value of the equity of the Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, on the date of determination,
(w) the risk free rate at the time of valuation, (x) the Exercise Price, (y) the amount of time remaining in the Exercise Period (assuming the Warrant remained exercisable until the date set forth in Section 16 and was not
earlier terminated pursuant to Section 6) and (z) the volatility of the equity value of the Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis assuming the equity of the Company were publicly traded, which volatility shall be no greater
than the amounts set forth in Exhibit C for the time periods set forth thereon; provided, that, in the case of Section 6, if the consideration per Share (including the Fair Market Value of any such consideration to the extent that it is
not cash) paid in such transaction exceeds the Exercise Price, the fair market value of this Warrant shall be deemed to equal the greater of (i) the excess of such consideration per Share (including the Fair Market Value of any such
consideration to the extent that it is not cash) over the Exercise Price or (ii) an amount equal to fifty percent of the fair market value of this Warrant at the time of the consummation of the Change of Control Transaction(such fair market
value to be determined in accordance with clauses (v) through (z) of this definition, provided that the aggregate fair market value of equity pursuant to clause (v) above shall be deemed to give rise to a value per Share equal
to the Exercise Price), or (C) in the case of Section 12, the fair market value of the Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the Appraiser shall not, in considering the factors enumerated in clause (B) of the preceding sentence, take
into account any discounts for minority status or if the holder of the Warrant Shares, Shares or Warrants controls the Company, any premium that such holder of the Warrant Shares, Shares or Warrants would receive in an arms-length transfer of such
Warrant Shares, Shares or Warrants as a result of such holder transferring control of the Company, unless such premium is available to all holders of the same securities. 

  
 -3-

 (i) Marketable Securities. The term “Marketable Securities” shall
mean securities that are (i) traded on an established U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange or (ii) reported through NASDAQ or established over-the-counter trading system, in each cases of clauses (i) and (ii) for which
there is a public float of at least $20 million held by non-Affiliates of the Company. 
 (j) Plan. The
term “Plan” shall mean, together, the plan of arrangement effected on June 9, 2009 pursuant to Section 192 of the Canada Business Corporations Act, and the Joint Plan of Reorganization pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code completed on June 9, 2009. 
 (k) Person. The term “Person” shall mean any
individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, governmental body or other entity of any kind. 

(l) Public Offering. The term “Public Offering” shall mean an offering of Shares to the public in the
United States by means of a U.S. Prospectus, where the securities are thereafter listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or on any other nationally recognized stock exchange or active over-the-counter market in North America acceptable to
the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 (m) “Qualified Initial Public Offering. The term
“Qualified Initial Public Offering” shall mean the completion of an underwritten Public Offering representing at least 10% of the Fully Diluted Eligible Shares of the Company, other than registrations on Form S-4 (business combinations) or
Form S-8 (employee benefit plans). 
 (n) Securities Act. The term “Securities Act” shall mean
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. 
 (o) Shares. The term “Shares” shall mean the Company’s common shares or other shares and other securities into which such shares are converted, exchanged or reclassified. 

(p) Shareholders’ Agreement. The term “Shareholders’ Agreement” shall mean the
shareholders’ agreement dated June 9, 2009 adopted pursuant to the Plan as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time; provided, that any amendment, modification or supplement that treats the Warrant holders in an
inconsistent and adverse manner as contrasted to the holders of the Shares shall not be effective as to the Warrant holders without the prior written consent of Persons holding more than 50.1% of the Warrants as of the time of the applicable
amendment, modification or supplement. 
 (q) Trading Day. The term “Trading Day” shall mean
with respect to the Shares a day during which trading of the Shares generally occurs on the 

  
 -4-

 
principal U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed or, if the Shares are not listed on a U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange, on the automated
quotation system on which the Shares are then authorized for quotation. 
 (r) Transfer. The term
“Transfer” shall mean any direct or indirect transfer, donation, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, grant of a security interest in or other disposal or attempted disposal of all or any portion of this Warrant, any interest or rights
in this Warrant, including without limitation any beneficial interest. 
 (s) U.S. Prospectus. The term
“U.S. Prospectus” shall mean any prospectus included in any registration statement under the Securities Act, as amended or supplemented by any amendment or prospectus supplement, including post-effective amendments, Canadian wrappers (to
the extent determined necessary and/or desirable by the Board of Directors of the Company) and all materials incorporated by reference therein. 
 (t) Volume Weighted Average Price. The term “Volume Weighted Average Price” of the Shares on any date means the volume weighted average sale price per share on such date on the principal
U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed or, if the Shares are not listed on a U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange, an automated quotation system on which the Shares are then listed or authorized
for quotation. 
 5. Method of Exercise. 

(a) Subject to Section 3, the Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering this Warrant to the
principal office of the Company (or to such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder hereof in writing) (i) a written notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (an “Exercise Notice”), and
(ii) either (A) a statement by the Holder of its election to exercise this Warrant on a cashless basis as described in Section 5(b) or (B) payment of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares
being purchased by the Holder upon exercise of the Warrant in immediately available funds (the “Aggregate Exercise Price”). The Holder shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the Exercise Date.

 (b) Beginning on the date that is six months prior to the expiration of this Warrant, in lieu of paying the
Exercise Price in cash upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder may elect to forfeit that number of Warrant Shares which have a Fair Market Value equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares being purchased (“Net
Issuance”). If the Holder elects the Net Issuance method of payment, the Company shall issue to the Holder upon exercise a number of Warrant Shares determined in accordance with the following formula: 

 

			
	X     =	 	 Y (A-B)

	 	A

  
 -5-

			
	        where: X = the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder;
		
	        Y =	  	the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which the Holder is exercising its purchase rights under this Warrant;
		
	        A =	  	the Fair Market Value of one (1) Warrant Share on the Exercise Date; and
		
	        B =	  	the Exercise Price.

 (c) As a condition to the exercise of this Warrant, prior to any Shares being issued,
unless the Holder is already a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement at the time of the proposed exercise, the Holder shall execute and deliver to the Company a joinder agreement to the Shareholders’ Agreement; provided however, that the
foregoing restriction shall cease to apply after a Qualified Initial Public Offering. 
 (d) No Shares will be
issued upon exercise of this Warrant unless the Shares are issued through a depository and beneficial ownership in such Share is to be held through a bank or broker that is already considered a holder of the Shares for purposes of determining the
number of holders of record (as such concept is understood for purposes of Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act), as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, acting reasonably; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction
shall cease to apply after a Public Offering. 
 6. Exercise In the Event of a Change of Control Transaction. Upon the
consummation of a Change of Control Transaction, this Warrant shall be automatically cancelled and deemed surrendered to the Company and the Company shall pay in exchange therefor immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Fair Market
Value of this Warrant. 
 7. New Warrant If this Warrant is exercised in part, then the Company shall issue, or cause to
have issued, to the Holder a new warrant with identical terms to this Warrant, but with the amount of Shares subject to such new warrant being reduced by the number of Shares theretofore issued pursuant to all exercises of the purchase rights
evidenced by this Warrant or any replacement thereof. 
 8. Payment of Taxes. The Company shall pay any documentary,
stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes with respect to the issue or delivery of the Warrant Shares. However, the Holder shall pay any tax or duty which may be payable relating to any transfer involving the issuance or delivery of Shares in a name
other than the Holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation. 

  
 -6-

 9. Reservation and Registration of Shares. The Company covenants and agrees to the
Holder and the Warrant Agent as follows: 
 (a) All Warrant Shares that are issued upon the exercise of this
Warrant shall, upon issuance, be validly issued, not subject to any preemptive rights (other than those granted in favor of the shareholders of the Company as set forth in the Articles), and be free from all taxes, liens, security interests,
charges, and other encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof, other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue. 
 (b) The Company shall at all times keep available and free from preemptive rights (other than those granted in favor of the shareholders of the Company as set forth in the Articles), a sufficient number
of Shares to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. 
 (c) The Company shall not, by
amendment of its Articles through any reorganization, transfer of assets, spin off, consolidation, merger, amalgamation dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other action or inaction, seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms of this Warrant. 
 10. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The number of and kind of securities
purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows: 
 (a) Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances. If the Company shall at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant subdivide the Shares, by
split-up or otherwise, or combine the Shares, or issue additional Shares as a dividend, the number of Warrant Shares shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend,
or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination. Any adjustment under this Section 10(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such
dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend. If the number of Warrant Shares is adjusted as provided for in this Section 10(a), the Exercise Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exercise Price
immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately after such
adjustment. 
 (b) Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation. Except as provided in Section 6, in
case of any reclassification, merger (in which the beneficial owners of the Company immediately prior to such merger remain the beneficial owners of the Company immediately after such merger in the same relative percentages), amalgamation,
consolidation, capital reorganization, or change in the capital stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 10(a)), then the Company shall make appropriate provision so
that the Holder shall have the right at any time thereafter and prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in whole for all Warrant Shares, the kind and amount of
shares of stock and other securities 

  
 -7-

 
and property receivable in connection with such reclassification, merger (in which the beneficial owners of the Company immediately prior to such merger remain the beneficial owners of the
Company immediately after such merger in the same relative percentages), amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization or change by a holder of the same number of Shares as the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such reclassification,
merger (in which the beneficial owners of the Company immediately prior to such merger remain the beneficial owners of the Company immediately after such merger in the same relative percentages), amalgamation, consolidation, capital reorganization,
or change. In any such case the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine in good faith other appropriate provisions with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with
respect to any securities and property deliverable upon exercise hereof. 
 (c) Extraordinary
Distributions. If the Company shall at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant (i) make distributions (by dividend or otherwise) of any assets to all of the holders of the Shares (other than to those holding restricted Shares)
(including but not limited to cash, securities, or warrants to purchase securities (including but not limited to the Shares)), other than a regular dividend following a Public Offering, (ii) grant rights to purchase securities to all of the
holders of the Shares (other than to those holding restricted Shares), (iii) offer securities of the Company to all of the holders of the Shares (other than to those holding restricted Shares), regardless of whether or not all such holders
purchased such securities, or (iv) make any offer to purchase all of the Shares (other than to those holding restricted Shares), in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) at a price below Fair Market Value, and in the case of clause
(iv) at a price above Fair Market Value, and in each case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) other than as described in Section 10(a) or Section 10(b) (any such non-excluded event being referred to herein as an
“Extraordinary Distribution”), then the Exercise Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after (x) the record or other distribution date of such Extraordinary Distribution, by the amount of cash and/or Fair Market Value
of any securities or assets paid or distributed on each Share in respect of such Extraordinary Distribution, (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), on the date of the issuance of such securities by the amount attributable to each
outstanding Share of the excess of the amount of proceeds such securities would have produced had they been sold at Fair Market Value over the actual amount of proceeds or (z) in the case of clause (iv), on the date of the consummation of such
offer to purchase the Shares by the amount attributable to each outstanding Share of the excess of the consideration paid for the Shares over the Fair Market Value of the Shares. 

(d) Notice of Adjustment. When any adjustment is required to be made in the number or kind of shares purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant, or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall promptly notify the Holder and the Warrant Agent of such event and of the number of Shares or other securities or property thereafter purchasable upon exercise of this
Warrant and, if applicable, the adjusted Exercise Price. 

  
 -8-

 (e) Other Notices. In case at any time or from time to time the
Company shall enter into any agreement regarding a transaction described in Section 6 or Section 10 then the Company shall promptly send the Holder and the Warrant Agent a notice stating, as applicable (A) the date on which a record is to be
taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or
warrants are to be determined, or (B) the date on which such transaction is expected to become effective and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Shares for shares of stock or
other securities or property or cash deliverable upon such transaction. 
 (f) Par Value of Shares. In no
event shall the Exercise Price be adjusted below zero. 
 11. Determination of Fair Market Value. 

(a) Determination. In the case of clauses (A) and (C) of the definition of Fair Market Value,
determinations of Fair Market Value shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith and after considering the advice of independent financial experts. In the case of clause (B) of the definition of Fair Market Value,
determinations of Fair Market Value shall be made by mutual agreement between (i) Persons holding more than 50.1% of the Warrants and (ii) the Company; provided, that in determining whether the requisite number of Warrant holders
have agreed to such Fair Market Value, Warrants held by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be disregarded; provided
further, that if such agreement is not reached within twenty days (in the case of a determination in connection with a Change of Control Transaction) or sixty days (in all other cases) following a request by the Holders for a determination of
Fair Market Value then the parties shall submit such dispute (any such dispute, a “Fair Market Value Dispute”) to the Appraiser for resolution by it within thirty days thereafter; provided, further, that the Exercise
Period shall be tolled until ten business days after such Fair Market Value Dispute has been finally determined by the Appraiser and notice of such determination has been provided to the Holders; provided, further, that in connection
with a Change of Control Transaction the time periods set forth on Exhibit C shall be tolled until ten business days after such Fair Market Value Dispute has been finally determined by the Appraiser and notice of such determination has been
provided to the Holders. Notwithstanding anything contained herein , in each case of clauses (A), (B) and (C) of the definition of Fair Market Value following a Public Offering and if the Shares are then Marketable Securities, the fair
market value of the Shares shall be deemed to equal the average of the Volume Weighted Average Prices of the Shares during a period of twenty consecutive Trading Days ending on the Exercise Date or the date the Change of Control Transaction is first
announced, as applicable. At the time of submission of the Fair Market Value Dispute to the Appraiser, the parties shall each submit to the Appraiser and to 

  
 -9-

 
each other a memorandum explaining its respective position on the Fair Market Value Dispute in such detail as they may deem appropriate. The Appraiser, as soon as reasonably practicable after
submission, shall consult with the parties jointly and decide the Fair Market Value Dispute. Each of the parties shall cooperate with the Appraiser and provide it with such access and information as such firm may require in order to render its
determination. The Appraiser shall render such decision and report to the parties in writing specifying the reasons for its decision in reasonable detail, not later than thirty days following the date the Fair Market Value Dispute was submitted to
it. The determination of the Appraiser shall be final, binding and conclusive, including through the expiration of this Warrant, and shall not be subject to appeal and shall be deemed to have been accepted by the parties; provided, that if
such determination is rendered in connection with a Change of Control Transaction, any determination of Fair Market Value delivered by the Appraiser in connection therewith shall not be binding upon the parties if such Change of Control Transaction
is not consummated. 
 (b) Appraiser. Within five business days after the twenty day or sixty day period
(as applicable) described in Section 11(a) the Company shall give each of the Warrant holders and the Warrant Agent notice that the Appraiser will be appointed and the Appraiser shall be appointed by the Company within five business days after such
notice is provided subject to the consent of Persons holding more than 50.1% of the Warrants (provided, that in determining whether the requisite number of Warrant holders have agreed to the appointment of the Appraiser, Warrants held by the
Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be disregarded), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and which consent shall be presumed if
the Company is not informed in writing to the contrary by Persons holding more than 50.1% of the Warrants (provided, that in determining whether the requisite number of Warrant holders have agreed to the appointment of the Appraiser, Warrants
held by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be disregarded) prior to the appointment of the Appraiser; provided, that in
determining whether the requisite number of Warrant holders have consented to the Appraiser, Warrants held by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the
Company, shall be disregarded. The costs and expenses associated with the Appraiser shall be borne by the Company. 
 12. No
Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional Shares or scrip representing fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional Shares, or scrip representing fractional Shares, the Company shall make a
cash payment therefor on the basis of the Fair Market Value per Share then in effect. 

  
 -10-

 13. Transferability. This Warrant and the Warrant Shares may not be offered, sold,
transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of, in whole or in part, to any Person other than in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws, and, in respect of the Warrant Shares only, also in accordance with the Articles and the
Shareholders’ Agreement. In addition, no Holder shall Transfer any Warrants to any other Person if such Transfer would, if effected, result in the Company having more than 290 holders of record (as such concept is understood for purposes of
Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act), as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, acting reasonably; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall cease to apply after a Public Offering. For greater certainty, any
Transfer that violates the foregoing shall be deemed to be null and void ab initio and of no force and effect, and the Company shall not in any way give effect to or be required to recognize any such impermissible Transfer. 

14. Successors and Assigns. This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Holder and its permitted assigns,
and shall be binding upon any entity succeeding to the Company by consolidation, merger or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. This Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable by the Holder only pursuant to
Section 13. 
 15. Rights of Shareholders. The Holder shall not be entitled, as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive
dividends or be deemed the holder of the Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor, subject to Section 227 of the British Columbia Business Corporations Act,
provided the Holder is a Person whom the Court considers to be an appropriate Person to make an application under that section, shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of
the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock,
reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the
Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein. 
 16. Expiration of
Warrant. Subject to the provisions of Section 6, this Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 9, 2014. 

  
 -11-

 17. Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile or electronic mail or sent, postage prepaid, by registered, certified or express mail or overnight courier service and shall be deemed given when received, at the
following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice): 
 if to the Company, to:

 One N. Dale Mabry Highway 
 Suite 950 
 Tampa, Florida 33609 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Facsimile: 
 Electronic Mail: mmclark@masonite.com 

with copies to: 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 Citigroup Center 
 153 East 53rd Street 

New York, New York 10022-4611 
 Attention: Christian O. Nagler, Esq. and Joshua Korff, Esq. 
 Facsimile:
(212) 446-4900 
 Electronic Mail: cnagler@kirkland.com and jkorff@kirkland.com 

Goodmans LLP 

250 Yonge Street, Suite 2400 
 Toronto,ON M5B 2M6 
 Attention: Celia Rhea and Brenda Gosselin 

Facsimile: 416.979.1234 
 Electronic Mail: crhea@goodmans.ca and 
 bgosselin@goodmans.ca 

If to the Warrant Agent: 
 Computershare Trust Company of Canada 
 100 University Avenue 

9th Floor, North Tower 
 Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1 
 Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust 

Facsimile:    (416) 981-9777 
 Any notices and other communications required or permitted in this Warrant to be sent to any Holder shall be effective if in writing and a copy thereto is furnished to The Depositary Trust Company, or if
applicable, a successor entity to the Depositary Trust Company that is a member of the U.S. Federal Reserve System and a registered clearing agency with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“DTC”) and/or The Canadian Depository
for Securities Limited and its corporate group (including CDS 

  
 -12-

 
Clearing and Depository Services Inc.), or, if applicable, a successor entity to The Canadian Depository for Securities Limited (“CDS”), as applicable, for posting of such
notification through the electronic system of DTC and/or CDS, as applicable, for the purpose of communicating with Holders. Notice to the holder of record of any Warrants shall be deemed to be notice to the holder of such Warrants for all purposes
hereof. 
 18. Governing Law. This Warrant and all claims arising out of or based upon this Warrant or relating to the
subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the Province of British Columbia without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application
of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction. 
 19. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 (a) The Holder and the Warrant Agent, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts sitting in the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Warrant or relating to the
subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any
such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above named courts is
improper, or that this Warrant or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise),
inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Warrant or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending
to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient
forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Warrant may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to
service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by the laws of the Province of British Columbia, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to
Section 17 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice. 
 (b) Waiver Of Jury Trial. 

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED AND SUBJECT TO EQUITABLE PRINCIPLES, THE HOLDER AND THE WARRANT AGENT HEREBY WAIVES
AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL 

  
 -13-

 
NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW
EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. THE HOLDER, THE WARRANT AGENT AND THE COMPANY EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES THAT THIS SECTION 19(b) CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN
HOLDING THIS WARRANT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 19 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY. 
 20. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in one or more original or facsimile or electronically
transmitted counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. 

21. Severability. If any term or other provision of this Warrant is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or
law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner
materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Warrant so as to effect the original intent
of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible. 
 22. Entire Agreement. This Warrant, the Articles and the Shareholders Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated
hereby and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. 
 23. Section Titles. The section titles contained in this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Warrant. 

24. Warrant Agreement. This Global Warrant Certificate represents warrants of the Company issued or issuable under the provisions
of an agreement (which agreement together with all other instruments supplemental or ancillary thereto is herein referred to as the “Warrant Agreement”) dated as of June 9, 2009, between the Company and the Warrant Agent, to which
reference is hereby made for particulars of the rights of 

  
 -14-

 
the holders of the Warrants, the Company and the Warrant Agent in respect thereof and the terms and conditions upon which the Warrants represented hereby are issued and held, all to the same
effect as if the provisions of the Warrant Agreement were herein set forth in full, to all of which the holder of this Warrant by acceptance hereof assents, it being expressly understood that the provisions of the Warrant Agreement and this Global
Warrant Certificate are for the sole benefit of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the holders of Warrants. Words and terms in this Global Warrant Certificate with the initial letter or letters capitalized and not defined herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to such capitalized words and terms in the Warrant Agreement. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained on request without charge from the Company, at One N. Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 950, Tampa, FL 33609. 

[Signature page to follow] 
 This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent for the time being under the Warrant Agreement. 

[Signature page to follow] 
 Issued this
9th day of June, 2009. 

  
 -15-

 
			
	MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.
		
	By	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 This Warrant Certificate is one of the Global Warrant Certificates referred to in the Warrant
Agreement. 
 Dated: 
  

			
	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
		
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

  
 -16-

 EXHIBIT A 
 NOTICE OF EXERCISE 
  

	TO:	MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC. 

Attention: 

Dated:                      

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase             Shares pursuant to the terms of the
attached Warrant. 
 2. (Please check one): 
  ̈  The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the attached Warrant by payment of immediately available funds, and herewith tenders payment for such
Shares to the order of Masonite Worldwide Holdings Inc. in the amount of $            in accordance with the terms of the attached Warrant. 

 ̈  The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the attached Warrant by cashless
exercise, and hereby elects to receive a number of Shares pursuant to such cashless exercise as calculated in accordance with the terms of the attached Warrant. 
 3. If the said number of Shares is less than all of the Shares purchasable pursuant to the attached Warrant, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant representing the remaining balance of the
unpurchased Shares with identical terms to the attached Warrant be issued and that such new Warrant be registered in the name of the undersigned and to the address as specified above: 

 

					
		  	  
	  	
		  	(Name)	  	
			
		  	  
	  	
			
		  	  
	  	
			
		  	  
	  	
		  	(Address)	  	

 5. The undersigned acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or the
securities laws of any state of the United States or any province in Canada, and that any transfer of the Shares is subject to the terms of the Warrant, the Articles and the Shareholders’ Agreement. 

 

	
	
	  

	(Signature)
	
	  

	(Name)
	
	  

	(Title)

  
 -2-

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF TRANSFER 
 (To be signed only upon transfer of Warrant) 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
                                        the right
represented by the attached Warrant to purchase shares of common stock of MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC., a company continued under the laws of British Columbia, to which the attached Warrant relates, and appoints
                    attorney to transfer such right on the books of             , with
full power of substitution in the premises. 
 The undersigned has received and read a copy of the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Articles
as currently in effect and has complied with all the provisions thereof and as contemplated in this Warrant relating to the transfer of Warrants, including delivery of the Joinder Agreement to the Company attached as Exhibit A to the
Shareholders’ Agreement. 
 Dated:
                                        

  

					
	  
	  		  	

					
	(Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified in the Warrant)
			
	Address:	  	  
	  	
		  	  
	  	
		  	  
	  	

							
			
	Signed in the presence of:	  		  	
	  
	  		  	

	 	

 EXHIBIT C 
 VOLATILITY 
 For any determination of Fair Market Value made in the case of clause (B) of the
definition of Fair Market Value, the volatility shall be no greater than the amounts set forth below during the time periods specified below: 

From the date hereof up to and including the third (3rd) anniversary of the date hereof: 40%, per annum. 

After the third (3rd) anniversary of the date hereof up to and including the expiration of this Warrant: 30%, per annum. 

 Execution Copy 
 THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT ARE TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, MADE AS OF JUNE 9, 2009 TO WHICH THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS
ARE PARTIES AND THE ARTICLES OF THE COMPANY, AND ANY HOLDER OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY (WHETHER ACQUIRED UPON ISSUANCE OR TRANSFER) SHALL BE, AND BE DEEMED TO BE A PARTY TO AND BOUND BY THAT AGREEMENT AND THE ARTICLES OF THE COMPANY. 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR WARRANTS IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS WARRANT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE
DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) SHALL ACT AS THE DEPOSITORY UNTIL A SUCCESSOR SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COMPANY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE
COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 SO LONG AS THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC., AND/OR ANY
OF THEIR NOMINEES IS THE REGISTERED OWNER OF ANY WARRANTS, UNLESS (I) THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY PROVIDES OTHERWISE OR (II) A PUBLIC OFFERING OF SHARES HAS OCCURRED, OWNERS OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN SUCH WARRANTS WILL NOT BE
ENTITLED TO HAVE SUCH WARRANTS REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES. 
 ALL REFERENCES IN THIS WARRANT TO THE HOLDER OR OWNER OF THIS WARRANT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO ALSO REFER TO THE HOLDER OR OWNER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS WARRANT. 

			
	Warrant No.            	  	Void after June 9, 2016            

 MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC. 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES 
 This WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES (this “Warrant”) is issued to Cede & Co. (the “Holder”), by Masonite Worldwide Holdings Inc., a corporation continued under the
laws of British Columbia (the “Company”). 
 1. Purchase of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth, the Holder is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder hereof in writing), to purchase from the Company up to 2,500,001
fully paid and nonassessable Shares as such term is defined in Section 4(o), subject to adjustments in accordance with the terms of this Warrant (as so adjusted, the “Warrant Shares”). 

2. Exercise Price. The exercise price for the Warrant Shares shall be $55.31 per Share, subject to adjustments in accordance with
the terms of this Warrant (as so adjusted, the “Exercise Price”). 
 3. Exercise Period. Subject to the
provisions of Section 6, this Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during the term commencing on the date hereof and ending on the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 16 hereof. 

4. Definitions. 
 (a) 1934 Act. The term “1934 Act” shall mean the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.

 (b) Affiliate. The term “Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. 
 (c) Appraiser. The term “Appraiser” shall mean a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm in the U.S. or Canada. 

(d) Articles. The term “Articles” shall mean, collectively, the Notice of Articles and the Articles of
the Company. 
 (e) Change of Control Transaction. The term “Change of Control Transaction”
shall mean a transaction that is a Drag-Along Sale as defined in the Articles, as in effect on the date hereof, and which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include a sale or merger of the Company, approved by the board and by holders of Shares
holding at least 50% of the then issued and outstanding Shares. 

  
 -2-

 (f) Control. The term “control” shall mean the possession,
direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 

(g) Exercise Date. The term “Exercise Date” shall mean the date on which the Warrant is exercised
pursuant to Section 5, including payment of the Exercise Price thereof pursuant to Section 5. 
 (h) Fair
Market Value. The term “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (A) in the case of an Extraordinary Distribution (as such term is defined in Section 10(c)), the fair market value of any securities or
assets paid, distributed or acquired, as the case may be, (B) in the case of Section 5(b) and Section 6, the fair market value of the Warrant Shares and the Warrants, respectively, which shall be determined based on such factors as
the Person making such determination shall consider relevant, including without limitation (v) the aggregate fair market value of the equity of the Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, on the date of determination,
(w) the risk free rate at the time of valuation, (x) the Exercise Price, (y) the amount of time remaining in the Exercise Period (assuming the Warrant remained exercisable until the date set forth in Section 16 and was not
earlier terminated pursuant to Section 6) and (z) the volatility of the equity value of the Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis assuming the equity of the Company were publicly traded, which volatility shall be no greater
than the amounts set forth in Exhibit C for the time periods set forth thereon; provided, that, in the case of Section 6, if the consideration per Share (including the Fair Market Value of any such consideration to the extent that it is
not cash) paid in such transaction exceeds the Exercise Price, the fair market value of this Warrant shall be deemed to equal the greater of (i) the excess of such consideration per Share (including the Fair Market Value of any such
consideration to the extent that it is not cash) over the Exercise Price or (ii) an amount equal to fifty percent of the fair market value of this Warrant at the time of the consummation of the Change of Control Transaction(such fair market
value to be determined in accordance with clauses (v) through (z) of this definition, provided that the aggregate fair market value of equity pursuant to clause (v) above shall be deemed to give rise to a value per Share equal
to the Exercise Price), or (C) in the case of Section 12, the fair market value of the Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the Appraiser shall not, in considering the factors enumerated in clause (B) of the preceding sentence, take
into account any discounts for minority status or if the holder of the Warrant Shares, Shares or Warrants controls the Company, any premium that such holder of the Warrant Shares, Shares or Warrants would receive in an arms-length transfer of such
Warrant Shares, Shares or Warrants as a result of such holder transferring control of the Company, unless such premium is available to all holders of the same securities. 

  
 -3-

 (i) Marketable Securities. The term “Marketable Securities” shall
mean securities that are (i) traded on an established U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange or (ii) reported through NASDAQ or established over-the-counter trading system, in each cases of clauses (i) and (ii) for which
there is a public float of at least $20 million held by non-Affiliates of the Company. 
 (j) Plan. The
term “Plan” shall mean, together, the plan of arrangement effected on June 9, 2009 pursuant to Section 192 of the Canada Business Corporations Act, and the Joint Plan of Reorganization pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code completed on June 9, 2009. 
 (k) Person. The term “Person” shall mean any
individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, governmental body or other entity of any kind. 

(l) Public Offering. The term “Public Offering” shall mean an offering of Shares to the public in the
United States by means of a U.S. Prospectus, where the securities are thereafter listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or on any other nationally recognized stock exchange or active over-the-counter market in North America acceptable to
the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 (m) “Qualified Initial Public Offering. The term
“Qualified Initial Public Offering” shall mean the completion of an underwritten Public Offering representing at least 10% of the Fully Diluted Eligible Shares of the Company, other than registrations on Form S-4 (business combinations) or
Form S-8 (employee benefit plans). 
 (n) Securities Act. The term “Securities Act” shall mean
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. 
 (o) Shares. The term “Shares” shall mean the Company’s common shares or other shares and other securities into which such shares are converted, exchanged or reclassified. 

(p) Shareholders’ Agreement. The term “Shareholders’ Agreement” shall mean the
shareholders’ agreement dated June 9, 2009 adopted pursuant to the Plan as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time; provided, that any amendment, modification or supplement that treats the Warrant holders in an
inconsistent and adverse manner as contrasted to the holders of the Shares shall not be effective as to the Warrant holders without the prior written consent of Persons holding more than 50.1% of the Warrants as of the time of the applicable
amendment, modification or supplement. 
 (q) Trading Day. The term “Trading Day” shall mean
with respect to the Shares a day during which trading of the Shares generally occurs on the 

  
 -4-

 
principal U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed or, if the Shares are not listed on a U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange, on the automated
quotation system on which the Shares are then authorized for quotation. 
 (r) Transfer. The term
“Transfer” shall mean any direct or indirect transfer, donation, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, grant of a security interest in or other disposal or attempted disposal of all or any portion of this Warrant, any interest or rights
in this Warrant, including without limitation any beneficial interest. 
 (s) U.S. Prospectus. The term
“U.S. Prospectus” shall mean any prospectus included in any registration statement under the Securities Act, as amended or supplemented by any amendment or prospectus supplement, including post-effective amendments, Canadian wrappers (to
the extent determined necessary and/or desirable by the Board of Directors of the Company) and all materials incorporated by reference therein. 
 (t) Volume Weighted Average Price. The term “Volume Weighted Average Price” of the Shares on any date means the volume weighted average sale price per share on such date on the principal
U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed or, if the Shares are not listed on a U.S. national or non-U.S. securities exchange, an automated quotation system on which the Shares are then listed or authorized
for quotation. 
 5. Method of Exercise. 

(a) Subject to Section 3, the Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering this Warrant to the
principal office of the Company (or to such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder hereof in writing) (i) a written notice of exercise in the form of Exhibit A (an “Exercise Notice”), and
(ii) either (A) a statement by the Holder of its election to exercise this Warrant on a cashless basis as described in Section 5 (b) or (B) payment of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares
being purchased by the Holder upon exercise of the Warrant in immediately available funds (the “Aggregate Exercise Price”). The Holder shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the Exercise Date.

 (b) Beginning on the date that is six months prior to the expiration of this Warrant, in lieu of paying the
Exercise Price in cash upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder may elect to forfeit that number of Warrant Shares which have a Fair Market Value equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares being purchased (“Net
Issuance”). If the Holder elects the Net Issuance method of payment, the Company shall issue to the Holder upon exercise a number of Warrant Shares determined in accordance with the following formula: 

 

			
	X =	  	Y (A-B)
	  	      A

  
 -5-

			
	        where: X = the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder;
		
	        Y =	  	 the number of Warrant Shares with respect to which the Holder is
 exercising its purchase rights under this Warrant;

		
	        A =	  	the Fair Market Value of one (1) Warrant Share on the Exercise Date; and
		
	        B =	  	the Exercise Price.

  
  
  

(c) As a condition to the exercise of this Warrant, prior to any Shares being issued, unless the Holder is already a party
to the Shareholders’ Agreement at the time of the proposed exercise, the Holder shall execute and deliver to the Company a joinder agreement to the Shareholders’ Agreement; provided however, that the foregoing restriction shall cease to
apply after a Qualified Initial Public Offering. 
 (d) No Shares will be issued upon exercise of this Warrant
unless the Shares are issued through a depository and beneficial ownership in such Share is to be held through a bank or broker that is already considered a holder of the Shares for purposes of determining the number of holders of record (as such
concept is understood for purposes of Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act), as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, acting reasonably; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall cease to apply after a Public
Offering. 
 6. Exercise In the Event of a Change of Control Transaction. Upon the consummation of a Change of Control
Transaction, this Warrant shall be automatically cancelled and deemed surrendered to the Company and the Company shall pay in exchange therefor immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of this Warrant. 

7. New Warrant If this Warrant is exercised in part, then the Company shall issue, or cause to have issued, to the Holder a new
warrant with identical terms to this Warrant, but with the amount of Shares subject to such new warrant being reduced by the number of Shares theretofore issued pursuant to all exercises of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant or any
replacement thereof. 
 8. Payment of Taxes. The Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer
taxes with respect to the issue or delivery of the Warrant Shares. However, the Holder shall pay any tax or duty which may be payable relating to any transfer involving the issuance or delivery of Shares in a name other than the Holder’s name.
Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation. 

  
 -6-

 9. Reservation and Registration of Shares. The Company covenants and agrees to the
Holder and the Warrant Agent as follows: 
 (a) All Warrant Shares that are issued upon the exercise of this
Warrant shall, upon issuance, be validly issued, not subject to any preemptive rights (other than those granted in favor of the shareholders of the Company as set forth in the Articles), and be free from all taxes, liens, security interests,
charges, and other encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof, other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue. 
 (b) The Company shall at all times keep available and free from preemptive rights (other than those granted in favor of the shareholders of the Company as set forth in the Articles), a sufficient number
of Shares to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. 
 (c) The Company shall not, by
amendment of its Articles through any reorganization, transfer of assets, spin off, consolidation, merger, amalgamation dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other action or inaction, seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms of this Warrant. 
 10. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The number of and kind of securities
purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows: 
 (a) Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances. If the Company shall at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant subdivide the Shares, by
split-up or otherwise, or combine the Shares, or issue additional Shares as a dividend, the number of Warrant Shares shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend,
or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination. Any adjustment under this Section 10 (a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such
dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend. If the number of Warrant Shares is adjusted as provided for in this Section 10 (a), the Exercise Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exercise Price
immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Warrant Shares immediately after such
adjustment. 
 (b) Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation. Except as provided in Section 6, in
case of any reclassification, merger (in which the beneficial owners of the Company immediately prior to such merger remain the beneficial owners of the Company immediately after such merger in the same relative percentages), amalgamation,
consolidation, capital reorganization, or change in the capital stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend provided for in Section 10 (a)), then the Company shall make appropriate provision so
that the Holder shall have the right at any time thereafter and prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant in whole for all Warrant Shares, the kind and amount of
shares of stock and other securities 

  
 -7-

 
and property receivable in connection with such reclassification, merger (in which the beneficial owners of the Company immediately prior to such merger remain the beneficial owners of the
Company immediately after such merger in the same relative percentages), amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization or change by a holder of the same number of Shares as the number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to such reclassification,
merger (in which the beneficial owners of the Company immediately prior to such merger remain the beneficial owners of the Company immediately after such merger in the same relative percentages), amalgamation, consolidation, capital reorganization,
or change. In any such case the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine in good faith other appropriate provisions with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with
respect to any securities and property deliverable upon exercise hereof. 
 (c) Extraordinary
Distributions. If the Company shall at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant (i) make distributions (by dividend or otherwise) of any assets to all of the holders of the Shares (other than to those holding restricted Shares)
(including but not limited to cash, securities, or warrants to purchase securities (including but not limited to the Shares)), other than a regular dividend following a Public Offering, (ii) grant rights to purchase securities to all of the
holders of the Shares (other than to those holding restricted Shares), (iii) offer securities of the Company to all of the holders of the Shares (other than to those holding restricted Shares), regardless of whether or not all such holders
purchased such securities, or (iv) make any offer to purchase all of the Shares (other than to those holding restricted Shares), in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) at a price below Fair Market Value, and in the case of clause
(iv) at a price above Fair Market Value, and in each case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) other than as described in Section 10 (a) or Section 10 (b) (any such non-excluded event being referred to herein as an
“Extraordinary Distribution”), then the Exercise Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after (x) the record or other distribution date of such Extraordinary Distribution, by the amount of cash and/or Fair Market Value
of any securities or assets paid or distributed on each Share in respect of such Extraordinary Distribution, (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), on the date of the issuance of such securities by the amount attributable to each
outstanding Share of the excess of the amount of proceeds such securities would have produced had they been sold at Fair Market Value over the actual amount of proceeds or (z) in the case of clause (iv), on the date of the consummation of such
offer to purchase the Shares by the amount attributable to each outstanding Share of the excess of the consideration paid for the Shares over the Fair Market Value of the Shares. 

(d) Notice of Adjustment. When any adjustment is required to be made in the number or kind of shares purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant, or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall promptly notify the Holder and the Warrant Agent of such event and of the number of Shares or other securities or property thereafter purchasable upon exercise of this
Warrant and, if applicable, the adjusted Exercise Price. 

  
 -8-

 (e) Other Notices. In case at any time or from time to time the
Company shall enter into any agreement regarding a transaction described in Section 6 or Section 10 then the Company shall promptly send the Holder and the Warrant Agent a notice stating, as applicable (A) the date on which a record is to be
taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or warrants or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or granting of rights or
warrants are to be determined, or (B) the date on which such transaction is expected to become effective and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Shares for shares of stock or
other securities or property or cash deliverable upon such transaction. 
 (f) Par Value of Shares. In no
event shall the Exercise Price be adjusted below zero. 
 11. Determination of Fair Market Value. 

(a) Determination. In the case of clauses (A) and (C) of the definition of Fair Market Value,
determinations of Fair Market Value shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith and after considering the advice of independent financial experts. In the case of clause (B) of the definition of Fair Market Value,
determinations of Fair Market Value shall be made by mutual agreement between (i) Persons holding more than 50.1% of the Warrants and (ii) the Company; provided, that in determining whether the requisite number of Warrant holders
have agreed to such Fair Market Value, Warrants held by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be disregarded; provided further,
that if such agreement is not reached within twenty days (in the case of a determination in connection with a Change of Control Transaction) or sixty days (in all other cases) following a request by the Holders for a determination of Fair Market
Value then the parties shall submit such dispute (any such dispute, a “Fair Market Value Dispute”) to the Appraiser for resolution by it within thirty days thereafter; provided, further, that the Exercise Period shall
be tolled until ten business days after such Fair Market Value Dispute has been finally determined by the Appraiser and notice of such determination has been provided to the Holders; provided, further, that in connection with a Change
of Control Transaction the time periods set forth on Exhibit C shall be tolled until ten business days after such Fair Market Value Dispute has been finally determined by the Appraiser and notice of such determination has been provided to the
Holders. Notwithstanding anything contained herein , in each case of clauses (A), (B) and (C) of the definition of Fair Market Value following a Public Offering and if the Shares are then Marketable Securities, the fair market value of the
Shares shall be deemed to equal the average of the Volume Weighted Average Prices of the Shares during a period of twenty consecutive Trading Days ending on the Exercise Date or the date the Change of Control Transaction is first announced, as
applicable. At the time of submission of the Fair Market Value Dispute to the Appraiser, the parties shall each submit to the Appraiser and to 

  
 -9-

 
each other a memorandum explaining its respective position on the Fair Market Value Dispute in such detail as they may deem appropriate. The Appraiser, as soon as reasonably practicable after
submission, shall consult with the parties jointly and decide the Fair Market Value Dispute. Each of the parties shall cooperate with the Appraiser and provide it with such access and information as such firm may require in order to render its
determination. The Appraiser shall render such decision and report to the parties in writing specifying the reasons for its decision in reasonable detail, not later than thirty days following the date the Fair Market Value Dispute was submitted to
it. The determination of the Appraiser shall be final, binding and conclusive, including through the expiration of this Warrant, and shall not be subject to appeal and shall be deemed to have been accepted by the parties; provided, that if
such determination is rendered in connection with a Change of Control Transaction, any determination of Fair Market Value delivered by the Appraiser in connection therewith shall not be binding upon the parties if such Change of Control Transaction
is not consummated. 
 (b) Appraiser. Within five business days after the twenty day or sixty day period
(as applicable) described in Section 11 (a) the Company shall give each of the Warrant holders and the Warrant Agent notice that the Appraiser will be appointed and the Appraiser shall be appointed by the Company within five business days after such
notice is provided subject to the consent of Persons holding more than 50.1% of the Warrants (provided, that in determining whether the requisite number of Warrant holders have agreed to the appointment of the Appraiser, Warrants held by the
Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be disregarded), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and which consent shall be presumed if
the Company is not informed in writing to the contrary by Persons holding more than 50.1% of the Warrants (provided, that in determining whether the requisite number of Warrant holders have agreed to the appointment of the Appraiser, Warrants
held by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be disregarded) prior to the appointment of the Appraiser; provided, that in
determining whether the requisite number of Warrant holders have consented to the Appraiser, Warrants held by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the
Company, shall be disregarded. The costs and expenses associated with the Appraiser shall be borne by the Company. 
 12. No
Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional Shares or scrip representing fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional Shares, or scrip representing fractional Shares, the Company shall make a
cash payment therefor on the basis of the Fair Market Value per Share then in effect. 

  
 -10-

 13. Transferability. This Warrant and the Warrant Shares may not be offered, sold,
transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of, in whole or in part, to any Person other than in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws, and, in respect of the Warrant Shares only, also in accordance with the Articles and the
Shareholders’ Agreement. In addition, no Holder shall Transfer any Warrants to any other Person if such Transfer would, if effected, result in the Company having more than 290 holders of record (as such concept is understood for purposes of
Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act), as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, acting reasonably; provided, however, that the foregoing restriction shall cease to apply after a Public Offering. For greater certainty, any
Transfer that violates the foregoing shall be deemed to be null and void ab initio and of no force and effect, and the Company shall not in any way give effect to or be required to recognize any such impermissible Transfer. 

14. Successors and Assigns. This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Holder and its permitted assigns,
and shall be binding upon any entity succeeding to the Company by consolidation, merger or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. This Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable by the Holder only pursuant to
Section 13. 
 15. Rights of Shareholders. The Holder shall not be entitled, as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive
dividends or be deemed the holder of the Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor, subject to Section 227 of the British Columbia Business Corporations Act,
provided the Holder is a Person whom the Court considers to be an appropriate Person to make an application under that section, shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of
the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock,
reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the
Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein. 
 16. Expiration of
Warrant. Subject to the provisions of Section 6, this Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on June 9, 2016. 

  
 -11-

 17. Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile or electronic mail or sent, postage prepaid, by registered, certified or express mail or overnight courier service and shall be deemed given when received, at the
following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice): 
 if to the Company, to:

 One N. Dale Mabry Highway 
 Suite 950 
 Tampa, Florida 33609 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Facsimile: 
 Electronic Mail: mmclark@masonite.com 

with copies to: 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 Citigroup Center 
 153 East 53rd Street 

New York, New York 10022-4611 
 Attention: Christian O. Nagler, Esq. and Joshua Korff, Esq. 
 Facsimile:
(212) 446-4900 
 Electronic Mail: cnagler@kirkland.com and jkorff@kirkland.com 

Goodmans LLP 

250 Yonge Street, Suite 2400 
 Toronto,ON M5B 2M6 
 Attention: Celia Rhea and Brenda Gosselin 

Facsimile: 416.979.1234 
 Electronic Mail: crhea@goodmans.ca and 
 bgosselin@goodmans.ca 

If to the Warrant Agent: 
 Computershare Trust Company of Canada 
 100 University Avenue 

9th Floor, North Tower 
 Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1 
 Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust 

Facsimile:(416) 981-9777 
 Any notices and other communications required or permitted in this Warrant to be sent to any Holder shall be effective if in writing and a copy thereto is furnished to The Depositary Trust Company, or if
applicable, a successor entity to the Depositary Trust Company that is a member of the U.S. Federal Reserve System and a registered clearing agency with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“DTC”) and/or The Canadian Depository
for Securities Limited and its corporate group (including CDS 

  
 -12-

 
Clearing and Depository Services Inc.), or, if applicable, a successor entity to The Canadian Depository for Securities Limited (“CDS”), as applicable, for posting of such
notification through the electronic system of DTC and/or CDS, as applicable, for the purpose of communicating with Holders. Notice to the holder of record of any Warrants shall be deemed to be notice to the holder of such Warrants for all purposes
hereof. 
 18. Governing Law. This Warrant and all claims arising out of or based upon this Warrant or relating to the
subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the Province of British Columbia without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application
of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction. 
 19. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 (a) The Holder and the Warrant Agent, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts sitting in the Province of British Columbia for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Warrant or relating to the
subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any
such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above named courts is
improper, or that this Warrant or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise),
inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Warrant or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending
to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient
forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Warrant may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to
service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by the laws of the Province of British Columbia, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to
Section 17 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice. 
 (b) Waiver Of Jury Trial. 

TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED AND SUBJECT TO EQUITABLE PRINCIPLES, THE HOLDER AND THE WARRANT AGENT HEREBY WAIVES
AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL 

  
 -13-

 
NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW
EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. THE HOLDER, THE WARRANT AGENT AND THE COMPANY EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES THAT THIS SECTION 19(b) CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN
HOLDING THIS WARRANT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 19 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY. 
 20. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in one or more original or facsimile or electronically
transmitted counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. 

21. Severability. If any term or other provision of this Warrant is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or
law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner
materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Warrant so as to effect the original intent
of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible. 
 22. Entire Agreement. This Warrant, the Articles and the Shareholders Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated
hereby and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. 
 23. Section Titles. The section titles contained in this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Warrant. 

24. Warrant Agreement. This Global Warrant Certificate represents warrants of the Company issued or issuable under the provisions
of an agreement (which agreement together with all other instruments supplemental or ancillary thereto is herein referred to as the “Warrant Agreement”) dated as of June 9, 2009, between the Company and the Warrant Agent, to which
reference is hereby made for particulars of the rights of 

  
 -14-

 
the holders of the Warrants, the Company and the Warrant Agent in respect thereof and the terms and conditions upon which the Warrants represented hereby are issued and held, all to the same
effect as if the provisions of the Warrant Agreement were herein set forth in full, to all of which the holder of this Warrant by acceptance hereof assents, it being expressly understood that the provisions of the Warrant Agreement and this Global
Warrant Certificate are for the sole benefit of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the holders of Warrants. Words and terms in this Global Warrant Certificate with the initial letter or letters capitalized and not defined herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to such capitalized words and terms in the Warrant Agreement. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained on request without charge from the Company, at One N. Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 950, Tampa, FL 33609. 

[Signature page to follow] 
 This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent for the time being under the Warrant Agreement. 

[Signature page to follow] 
 Issued this
9th day of June, 2009. 

  
 -15-

 
					
	 MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC.

			
		 	 By
	 	
		 		 	  

		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:

 This Warrant Certificate is one of the Global Warrant Certificates referred to in the Warrant
Agreement. 
 Dated: 
  

					
	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
			
		 	 By
	 	
		 		 	  

		 		 	Authorized Officer

  
 -16-

 EXHIBIT A 
 NOTICE OF EXERCISE 
  

	TO:	MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC. 

Attention: 

Dated:              
 1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase             Shares pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant. 

2. (Please check one): 
  ̈  The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the attached Warrant by payment of immediately available funds, and herewith tenders payment for such Shares to the order of Masonite Worldwide Holdings
Inc. in the amount of $                    in accordance with the terms of the attached Warrant. 

 ̈  The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the attached Warrant by cashless
exercise, and hereby elects to receive a number of Shares pursuant to such cashless exercise as calculated in accordance with the terms of the attached Warrant. 
 3. If the said number of Shares is less than all of the Shares purchasable pursuant to the attached Warrant, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant representing the remaining balance of the
unpurchased Shares with identical terms to the attached Warrant be issued and that such new Warrant be registered in the name of the undersigned and to the address as specified above: 

 

					
		  	  
	  	
		  	(Name)	  	
			
		  	  
	  	
			
		  	  
	  	
			
		  	  
	  	
		  	(Address)	  	

 5. The undersigned acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws
of any state of the United States or any province in Canada, and that any transfer of the Shares is subject to the terms of the Warrant, the Articles and the Shareholders’ Agreement. 

					
		  	  
	  	
		  	(Signature)	  	
			
		  	  
	  	
		  	(Name)	  	
			
		  	  
	  	
		  	(Title)	  	

  
 -2-

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF TRANSFER 
 (To be signed only upon transfer of Warrant) 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
                                        the right
represented by the attached Warrant to purchase shares of common stock of MASONITE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS INC., a company continued under the laws of British Columbia, to which the attached Warrant relates, and appoints
                    attorney to transfer such right on the books of
                    , with full power of substitution in the premises. 
 The undersigned has received and read a copy of the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Articles as currently in effect and has complied with all the provisions thereof and as contemplated in this
Warrant relating to the transfer of Warrants, including delivery of the Joinder Agreement to the Company attached as Exhibit A to the Shareholders’ Agreement. 
 Dated:                          

 

					
	  
	 		 	
	 (Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified in the Warrant)
	 	

  

							
	Address:	  	  
	  		  	
		  	  
	  		  	
		  	  
	  		  	

  

							
	 Signed in the presence of:
	  		  		  	
				
	  
	  		  		  	

 EXHIBIT C 
 VOLATILITY 
 For any determination of Fair Market Value made in the case of clause (B) of the
definition of Fair Market Value, the volatility shall be no greater than the amounts set forth below during the time periods specified below: 

From the date hereof up to and including the third (3rd) anniversary of the date hereof: 40%, per annum. 

After the third (3rd) anniversary of the date hereof up to and including the expiration of this Warrant: 30%, per annum.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00220-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00220-of-00352.parquet"}]]